文档内容
精品文档 用心整理
北师大版九年级上册英语
重难点有效突破
知识点梳理及重点题型举一反三巩固练习
Unit 1 Language
词句精讲精练
【词汇精讲】
1. agree
agree 是不及物动词，意为“同意”，I agree 意为“同意，赞成”，I don’t agree 表示“不赞
成某人或某人的观点”，常用于交际用语中。另外，agree 后接不定式，但不能接动名词。
agreement 是名词，意为“（意见或看法）一致；协定”。例如：
She agreed to lend me the book. 她同意把那本书借给我。
I agree to meet him tomorrow. 我同意明天见他。
The two countries signed a cultural agreement. 两国签订了文化协定。
【拓展】
agree with 和 agree to(to 为介词)都表示“同意，赞同”，但后面所接的宾语不同。agree with
后接指人或表示意见、看法的词；agree to 后接表示建议、计划、安排之类的词。例如：
I quite agree with you. 我很同意你（的意见）。
Do you agree with what I have said? 你同意我所说的话吗？
He has agreed to our suggestion about the holiday. 他已经同意我们度假的建议了。
2. enough
（1）enough 作副词，用来修饰形容词、动词和副词，放在被修饰词的后面。例如：
The house is big enough to hold forty people.
这个房间足够大以至于能够容纳40 人。
（2）enough 作形容词，可以修饰名词，一般放在名词前面，偶尔也可放名词后。例如：
We have enough time to go there. 我们有足够的时间去那里。
3. as…as…
as...as…中间加形容词或副词原形，表示同级的比较，意为“和……一样”。例如：
This film is as interesting as that one. 这部电影和那部电影一样有趣。
Your pen writes as smoothly as mine. 你的钢笔书写起来和我的一样流畅。
其否定式为 not as/so… as…，中间加形容词或副词原形，意为“和……不一样”。例如：
This dictionary is not as/so useful as you think. 这本字典不如你想象的那样有用。
4. ask for sth.
ask for sth.“请求某事，要某物”，相当于 want sth. 例如：
Please ask for help if you have some problems. 如果你有问题，请寻求帮助。
【拓展】
（1）ask sb. sth. “问某事某事”。例如：
Can I ask you some questions? 我能问你一些问题吗？
（2）ask sb. for sth.“向某人要某物”。例如：
If you don’t find the way to the school, please ask a policeman for help.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
如果你找不到去学校的路，请向警察求助。
（3）ask sb. about sth.意为“询问某人有关某事；向某人打听某事”。例如：
My father often calls me up and asks me about my study.
爸爸经常给我打电话，询问我的学习情况。
（4）ask sb. to do sth.“让某人做某事”，其否定形式为 ask sb. not to do sth. “让某人不要做
某事”。例如：
I often ask him to help me with my housework. 我经常让他帮助我做家务。
My mother asked me not to read in the sun. 妈妈让我不要在太阳下看书。
5. be afraid …
（1）be afraid 表示“害怕做某事”或“不敢做某事”，be afraid 之后可接不定式，也可接
名词、代词或 of doing sth。例如：
She was afraid to tell you. 她害怕告诉你。
She is afraid of going out alone late at night. 她很怕深夜独自外出。
I’m afraid of the dog. 我怕狗。
（2）但若要表示担心可能会发生某事，则只能用 be afraid of doing 而不能用 be afraid to
do。
例如：
I’m afraid of being late for class. 我担心上课迟到。
（3）be afraid 后可接 that 从句。
He is afraid that his father will be unhappy.
他担心他的爸爸会不高兴。
6. try to do
try to do sth. 意为“设法去做某事，尽量去做某事”，其否定形式为 try not to do sth.。例如：
Try not to be late again. 尽量别再迟到了。
Try to get here in two hours. 尽量在两小时之内到达。
【拓展】
（1） try doing sth. 意为“试着做某事”，强调尝试做某事。例如：
You should try eating more vegetables. 你应当试着多吃点蔬菜。
（2）try one’s best to do sth. 意为“尽某人最大努力做某事”。例如：
We should try our best to finish the work on time. 我们应该尽最大努力准时完成这项工作。
7. be good at
be good at 意为“擅长……”， at 是介词，后面可以接名词、代词或动名词。例如：
I’m good at English. 我擅长英语。
Tom is good at playing football. 汤姆擅长踢足球。
【拓展】
be good at 相当于词组 do well in，在句子中常可以互换。例如：
She is good at Chinese. = She does well in Chinese. 她擅长汉语。
8. between…and…
between…and…是介词短语，意为“在……和……之间”。可以用来连接两个不同的时间、
地点、人物和数字，表示并列关系。例如：
The building is between the school and the park. 那座大楼位于学校和公园之间。
We play sports between 4 and 5 in the afternoon. 我们在下午4点和5点之间进行体育运动。
表示在两个同类的人或者事物之间可以在介词between的后面用名词复数。例如：
Your brother is between these two boys.你弟弟在这两个男孩之间。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
如果between的后面用人称代词的时候要用它的宾格形式。例如：
The girl between him and me is his sister. 在我和他之间的女孩是他的妹妹。
【拓展】
辨析：between 与 among
这两个介词均含“在……之间，在……之中”之意。
（1）between 多指两者之间，但现代英语中也可指三者或三者以上，表示彼此间清楚的独
立的个体关系，指每两者之间。例如：
She takes medicine between three meals every day. 她每天在两餐之间吃药。
（2）among 指三者或三者以上的同类事物之间。例如：
Mr. Wu is sitting among the students. 胡老师坐在学生们中间。
9. give up
give up 意为“放弃”，其后应跟名词、代词或动词-ing 形式。例如：
English is difficult. But I’ll never give it up. 英语很难，但我不会放弃的。
You should really give up smoking. 你真的需要戒烟了。
【拓展】
与 up 相关的短语归纳：
（1）clear up 意为“打扫干净；放晴等”。例如：
Betty，clear up your table and let’s have supper.
贝蒂，把桌子收拾干净，咱们吃饭了。
The weather cleared up when the storm was over. 风暴过去，天放晴了。
（2）fix up 意为“修理，修补”，例如：
My radio doesn’t work. Could you fix it up for me?
我的收音机坏了。你能帮我修理一下吗?
（3）set up 意为“树立, 建立, 创立等”。例如：
You should set up a good example for your brothers.
你应该为你的兄弟们树立一个好的榜样。
The travelers set up a tent after they had walked for nearly two hours.
那群旅行者在行走了近两个小时后搭起了帐篷。
（4）call up 意为“打电话给……、征招（服兵役）等”。例如：
When I arrive in Beijing，I’ ll call you up. 我到北京时, 会给你打电话的。
When the war broke out，he was called up. 战争爆发时他应征入伍。
10. work out
work out 表示“精心制定”。例如：
You’d better work out a plan to improve your writing skills.
你最好精心制定一个提高写作能力的计划。
【拓展】
work out 还有以下意思：
（1）work out 表示“算出；解决”之意。例如：
The math problem is so hard that I can’t work it out. 这道数学题太难了，我解不出来。
（2）work out 表示“计划，思考”。例如：
I have worked out a new way of doing it. 我想出了做这件事的一个新方法。
（3）work out 表示按某种方式发生，意为“结果为……”，work out fine／well 意为“奏效”。
例如：
Everything is working out well. 事事都很如意。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
11. need
need 意为“需要”，常用 need to do sth.意为“需要做某事”，主语由“人”来充当。例如：
Does she need to know? 她需要知道吗？
He didn’t need to clean the house twice. 他无需打扫房间两次。
【拓展】
（1）need 作为情态动词的用法：
need 作为情态动词使用时，后面接动词原形；常用来回答以must 开头的一般疑问句的
否定回答。例如：
She need wash her car now. 她现在要洗车。
→Need she wash her car now?(一般疑问句)
→She needn’t wash her car now.(否定句)
— Must he repair the clock now? 他现在必须修钟吗？
— No, he needn’t. He can repair it this afternoon. 不，没必要。他可以今天下午修。
（2）need 作为行为动词的用法：
1) 直接加宾语，即 need sth.。例如：
I need a new coat. 我需要一件新外套。
He didn’t need the money. 他不需要这笔钱。
2) 可后接宾语，再接不定式，即need sb. to do sth.。例如：
I need someone to look after her. 我需要有人来照顾她。
12. pay
pay 作不及物动词，意为“付费；付酬”。pay for 意为“支付……的费用；为……付款”。
pay 也可用作及物动词，后接某人或金钱。例如：
I have paid for the air tickets. 我已经付过机票钱了。
My parents never pay me for doing housework. 我父母从不因为我做家务而付给我钱。
She paid 40 dollars for the sweater. 她花 40 美元买了这件毛衣。
【拓展】
表示“花费”的 spend、take、cost 和 pay 的辨析：
词语 主语 结构
spend 人(sb.) sb. spends + 时间或金钱+ (in) doing sth. /on sth.
take it 作形式主语 It takes sb. some time to do sth.(真正主语)
pay 人(sb.) sb. pays + 金钱+ for sth.
cost sth.(物) sth. costs sb. + 金钱
例如：
I spent 3 hours (in) doing /on my homework yesterday. 昨天我花了三个小时做作业。
It took me four hours to go to Wuhan by bus. 乘公共汽车去武汉花了我四个小时。
I paid six yuan for the pen. 我花了六元钱买这支笔。
My English book cost me fiveyuan. 我的英语书花了我五元钱。
【词汇精练】
I. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1. There is no absolute s for beauty.
2. She made fewer s mistakes than before.
3. G is a kind of colour between black and white.
4. Tom and Tim are twins. Tom is a good listener, but Tim is a good s .
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
5. I’m very glad to s my happiness and sadness with you.
6. Everyone can be a good learner with a good learning m____.
7. I can’t r all the new words and I find long passages difficult to understand.
8. The most important thing is to _____（复习）words often.
9. I like to （检查）my learning progress once a week.
10. We’re all good at different things and we can all make a d .
II. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. You can’t ask them ________ (repeat) it.
2. You can see these ________ (different).
3. The problem is so ________ (confuse) that I am afraid I can’t solve.
4. She got ________ (confuse) when she saw so many students were reading English aloud.
5. The little girl’s mother is very ________ (worry) about her safety.
6. He thinks English is very ________ (use) when he travels in the other countries.
7. He ________ (achieve) his success when he was in his forties.
8. ________ (learn) English will be easier if we try our best to do more reading and speaking.
9. I think it’s important ________ (make) word lists.
10. There are so many new words ________ (remember).
III. 用方框内所给词组完成句子，每个词组只能用一次。
for example，refer to，as for，try to，have a try，be afraid of, no longer
1. Now I ________ feel nervous when I speak English in class.
2. It’s useful to make word lists. ________, you can make lists for fruits and animals.
3. I used to ________ speaking in front of the class, but now I like speaking in public.
4. When you want to write on a certain topic, you can ________ those lists.
5. There are many methods to learn English well. ________ me, I like listening to the tape.
6. Everyone can succeed in the final exam as long as you ________ listen carefully in class.
7. These ways work well for me, you can ________.
IV. 根据句意选择正确地单词。
1. Chinese and English developed ________ (along/alone) a different path.
2. Both languages are ________ (speaking/spoken) by more people.
3. Words must be ________ (learn/learned) together with their symbol, meaning and
pronunciation.
4. Tone is used very ________ (different/differently) in Chinese and English.
V. 听力链接。
（2016 年北京市朝阳区中考一模）
听对话，从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片。每段对话你
将听两遍。
1．A． B． C．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
2．A． B． C．
3．A． B． C．
4．A． B． C．
5．A． B． C．
【参考答案】
I. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1. standard 2. spelling 3. Grey 4. speaker 5. share
6. method 7. remember 8. review 9. check 10. difference
II. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. to repeat 2. differences 3. confusing 4. confused
5. worried 6. useful 7. achieved 8. Learning / To learn
9. to make 10. to remember
III. 用方框内所给词组完成句子，每个词组只能用一次。
1. no longer 2. For example 3. be afraid of 4. refer to
5. As for 6. try to 7. have a try
IV. 根据句意选择正确地单词。
1．along 2．spoken 3．learned 4．differently
V. 听力链接。
1．B；2．A；3．C；4．B；5．A
听力材料：
听对话，从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片。每段对话你
将听两遍。
1．W：What time does your father go to work every morning，George?
M：He usually goes to work at 7: 00.
2．W：Peter，what do you want to be when you grow up?
M：Me? I’d like to become a teacher，just like Mr. Lee.
3．W：Xiao Ming，which Chinese animal year is it?
M：It’s the year of monkey.
4．W：Would you like a cup of coffee?
M：Yes，thank you very much.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
5．M：What’s your favorite hobby?
W：I like listening to music best.
Unit 1 Language
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择
1．—Mom，is it OK for me to watch TV for a while?
—Sorry．Why not watch TV after your homework _______?
A．completes B．completed C．has completed D．is completed
2．—He did lots of small things for the homeless children，but just the small things make a
_______．
—Yes．Because of that，he is popular with the children．
A．mistake B．promise C．progress D．difference
3．He has never been to Beijing，_______?
A．hasn’t he B．has he C．doesn’t he D．does he
4．Each year quite a lot of food _______ around the world．
A．was wasted B．is wasted C．wasted D．will be wasted
5．—Your scarf feels soft．Did you buy it in China?
—No，I bought it in France．But it _______ in China．
A．is making B．was made C．makes D．made
6．—Excuse me，sir，smoking _______ in the gas station．
—Oh．I’m really sorry．
A．doesn’t allow B．isn’t allowed C．aren’t allowed D．don’t allow
7．—The mountain is covered with snow all year round，isn’t it?
—_______．It only has snow on it from November to January．
A．Yes，it does B．No，it doesn’t
C．Yes，it is D．No，it isn’t
8．The housework is usually done ______ my mother．
A．by B．with C．for D．about
9．He has read the word again and again in order _______ it．
A．to remember B．remembering C．remember D．remembers
10. When you agree with others in China，you should _______．
A．bow B．nod C．shake D．kiss
[真题链接]
1. —Hobo，can I eat the hamburger?（2015 江苏南通中考）
—Sure，if the dishes _______．
A．wash B．are washed C．will wash D．will be washed
2. When you _______ a difficult task，try to continue with it and finish it．（2015 辽宁沈阳中考）
A．give B．are giving C．gave D．are given
3. —Could you tell me the _______ of making such tasty cakes? (2015 江苏常州中考)
—Well，I just follow the instructions in the cookbook．
A．time B．method C．cost D．menu
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
II. 完形填空
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选
择最佳选项。
In English learning，spoken English is very important，but many students complain that they
can’t understand well when others speak English ．And they say that their 1 English is not
good，either．Well，what can we do to improve our spoken English 2 ?
The most important thing is to believe in 3 ．Maybe many of us are afraid to make 4
while speaking English．But as English learners ，we can usually make progress by 5 the
problems in learning．It doesn’t matter if our 6 can’t be as good as the native people ．We
should 7 it as a challenge，and then we could get 8 practice．We needn’t worry at all
that the native speakers will 9 us．Be brave enough ，and then we’ll improve our spoken
English quickly．
In a word，don’t be 10 ，and believe in ourselves．Next time，we should speak English
aloud in front of others whatever we say or use is right or wrong．
1．A．spoken B．written C．used D．learned
2．A．slowly B．quickly C．easily D．differently
3．A．himself B．myself C．ourselves D．yourselves
4．A．sentences B．mistakes C．friends D．decisions
5．A．realizing B．facing C．finding D．solving
6．A．grammar B．grades C．pronunciation D．spelling
7．A．memorize B．pronounce C．use D．regard
8．A．little B．much C．right D．specific
9．A．laugh at B．deal with C．be angry with D．argue with
10．A．happy B．confident C．afraid D．upset
III. 阅读理解
A
(2015 江苏镇江中考)
Attention，please! Sunshine Language Learning Centre will set a course and it will teach
pure(纯正的) British English．Maybe you’ve known some British expressions are quite different
from American ones．British people use“autumn”for “fall”，“film”for“movie”，“holiday”
for“vacation”，“garden”for“yard”，etc．
There are more typical (典型的) expressions that you may not know ．Here are Mr Bean ’s
examples．
British people use “Cheers” much more often than
“Thanks”． “Cheers” is often used by them in daily
“Cheers” or
informal conversations for small favours(帮助)，such as
“Thanks”
opening doors for others, lending somebody a pen，
showing strangers ways，...
“Present Perfect It’s more common to hear the British say “Have you
Tense” or done your work?” than “Did you do your work?”
“Simple Past They prefer present perfect tense to simple past tense．
Tense”
… …
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Are you interested in it? Do you want to learn? You can learn British English well if you put
much effort into it．We have some native British English teachers with much experience to help
you．The course will be open in the coming summer holiday．The price of the course is not very
high：￥500 for one person：￥900 for two(10% off)；￥1，200 for three(20% off)；for four or
more，30% off．
For further details，call 400-810-2345 or search http：// BEcourse．Come and join us!
1．The passage is most probably a(n) _______．
A．story B．notice C．invitation D．advertisement
2．Some typical British expressions are quoted(引用) mainly because the course organizers think
________．
A．English is hard to learn and needs hard work
B．these typical English expressions are interesting
C．some learners can be attracted to take the course
D．British English expressions are better than American ones
3．If you and three of your classmates have decided to take the course，how much will you pay all
together?
A．￥1，200． B．￥1，400． C．￥1，500． D．￥1，600．
B
Why do we students come to school? The answer，of course，is to study．But if we don’t have
a right way to study，we will probably waste either the time or the money．The following are the
ways of studying．
The best time for reading is morning，because in the morning，the air is flesh and the mind is
clear．For that reason，we can remember some things easily and get good results．
In studying we must be patient．If we have not known a text well，we must read it again．If
we read it many times，we can understand its meaning clearly．We should not read the next one
until we have learned the first one well．
When we are studying，we must put our hearts into the book，or we can get nothing from the
book while we are reading．Remember：Nothing is difficult if you put your heart into it．
We must always ask“whys”．If it is not well understood，write it down and ask our teacher
or parents，or friends．In any possible way，we must know it completely and what we’ve learned
can be used well．
Though there are many ways of studying，the above will be quite enough if we can keep them
in mind and do so．
4．Why must we always ask“whys”in our study? Because if so，we can _______．
A．get some questions to ask our teachers
B．understand the book well
C．write down the questions
D．deal with the questions
5．Which is NOT right according to the article?
A．We will waste the time unless we study in a right way．
B．It’s important for us to read a text again and again．
C．It’s impossible to get good results if we put our hearts into the book．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
D．In the morning，the mind is clearer than any other time in a day．
6．How many ways of studying are mentioned in the article?
A．Three． B．Four． C．Five． D．Many．
7．What’s the main idea of the passage?
A．Read in the morning．
B．Be patient in studying．
C．The importance of studying．
D．Pay attention to the ways of studying．
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．D。句意：——妈妈，我可以看一会电视吗？——抱歉。你为什么不在家庭作业完成后
看电视呢?由答语可知 after 引导的是时间状语从句，主语 your homework 是动作 complete 的
承受者，应用被动语态，排除A、B、C。故选 D。
2．D。句意：——他为这些无家可归的孩子做了许多的小事情，但恰恰这些小事情起了很
大作用。——是的，因为那些小事，他受到孩子们的爱戴。mistake 错误；promise 承诺；progress
进步；difference 不同。make a difference意为“起作用，有影响”。故选 D。
3．B。句意：他从未去过北京，是吗？分析句子结构可知，本题考查反意疑问句。反意疑
问句遵循“前肯后否，前否后肯”的规则。由never 知，本句陈述部分为否定句，因此反意
疑问部分应用肯定形式，排除A、C；从陈述部分中的助动词 has 知，选 B。
4．B。句意：每年全世界有相当多的食物被浪费。由此知，句子主语food 是动作 waste 的
承受者，应用被动语态，排除 C；从 Each year 知，本句为一般现在时态，排除 A、D。故
选 B。
5．B。句意：——你的围巾摸起来很软，你是在中国买的吗？——不是，我在法国买的，
但这是中国制造的。由语境可知，主语 it 是动作 make 的承受者，应用被动语态，排除 A、
C、D。故选 B。
6．B。上句句意：先生，劳驾，在加油站不允许抽烟。由此可知，句子主语 smoking 是动
作 allow 的承受者，应用被动语态，排除 A、D：smoking 为动名词，作主语时，其谓语动
词应用单数。故选 B。
7．D。本题考查反意疑问句的回答。从答语后一句知，这座山仅仅从11 月到 1 月有雪。由
此推知，这座山并不是常年被雪覆盖。因此应答者在这里作了否定回答，排除A、C：从上
句中的 is 和 isn’t 可知，答语应为“No，it isn’t”。故选 D。
8．A。分析句子结构可知，my mother 是动作 do“做”的执行者。在被动语态中，应由介
词 by 连接动作的执行者。故选 A。
9．A。in order to do sth．“为了做某事”，为固定用法。故选 A。
10. B。由常识可知，在中国表示同意某人的观点时，一般可以用“点头”这一肢体语言来
表达。故选 B。
[真题链接]
1. B。句意：——Hobo，我能吃汉堡吗?——当然，如果盘子被洗了的话。由句意知，if 从
句的主语 dishes 是动作 wash 的承受者，应用被动语态，排除 A、C；if 在此处引导的是条
件状语从句，从句的时态一般用一般现在时。故选B。
2. D。句意：当给你一项艰难的任务时，你要尽力继续做并且完成它。本题考查动词的时态
和语态。由句意可知主语you 为动词 give 的承受者，故应用被动语态，选D。
3. B。句意：——你能告诉我制作如此美味蛋糕的方法吗?——哦，我只是按照烹饪书上的
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
指导做的。本题考查名词的辨析。time 时间；method 方法；cost 花费；menu 菜单。根据语
境可知 B 项符合题意。
II. 完形填空。
1．A。从第一段末尾句...what can we do to improve our spoken English...可推知，很多学生
抱怨别人说英语时，他们听不太懂，而且他们的英语口语也不是很好。故选A。
2．B。从第二段末尾句...then we’ll improve our spoken English quickly．可推知，选 B。
3．C。从下文以第一人称复数讲述学习英语的方法可推断，本句说的是“相信我们自己”。
故选 C。
4．B。句意：或许我们很多人害怕在说英语时犯错误。故选B。
5．D。作为英语学习者，我们如何才能取得进步?当然是通过解决学习过程中的问题。故选
D。
6．C。本文说的是如何提高英语口语，那么我们在哪方面不如以英语为母语的人呢?这肯定
是英语“发音”，故选 C。
7．D。虽然我们的英语发音不一定很准，但我们应该把它当作一个挑战。这样理解符合语
境，故选 D。
8．B。联系上句理解，我们把英语发音不准当作挑战，接着我们进行大量的训练。这样理
解符合语境和逻辑，故选B。
9．A。laugh at 嘲笑；deal with 处理；be angry with 对……生气；argue with 与……争吵。根
据选项理解句意，我们根本不用担心以英语为母语的人会嘲笑我们。故选A。
10．C。联系上下文理解，句意：别害怕，要相信我们自己。故选C。
III. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．D。推理判断题。由文章倒数第二段的课程价格和最后一段的联系方式可知这是一则广
告。故选 D。
2．C。推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二段Are you interested in it? Do you want to learn? 可知
引用一些典型的英式表达的目的是吸引学习者上这门课程。故选C。
3．B。推理判断题。由题目中 you and three of your classmates 可知是四个人上这门课程，根
据文中 for four or more，30% off 可知应在总价 2000 元的基础上打七折，故选B。
B 篇
4．B。细节理解题。由文章第五段In any possible way，we must know it completely and what
we’ve learned can be used well．可知，通过问“为什么”的方式来理解和运用所学的知识。
故选 B。
5．C。细节理解题。由文章第四段Nothing is difficult if you put your heart into it ．可知，C
项的描述有误。故选 C。
6．B。细节理解题。文章提供的学习方法有The best time for reading ；we must be patient；
we must put our hearts into the book；We must always ask“whys”四种。故选 B。
7．D。主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了学习要运用正确的学习方法。故选D。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 1 Language
句式精讲精练
【句式精讲】
1. Body language is an important…, although we don’t often think about it.
although 的意思相当于 though，意为“尽管，虽然”，用来引导让步状语从句。它所引导
的从句不能与并列连词 but；and；so 等连用，但可以和 yet；still 等词连用。例如：
Although he lives alone, he doesn’t feel lonely.= He lives alone, but he doesn’t feel lonely.
虽然他一个人住，但他并不感到孤独。
There is air all around us, although we cannot see it.
虽然我们看不见空气，但空气却存在于我们的周围。
【拓展】although 与 though 的辨析：
（1）用作连词，表示“虽然”，二者可以互换使用，但 although 比 though 更为正式。例如：
Though/Although it was raining, we still went there. 虽然下着雨，但我们还是去了那里。
（2）although 一般不用作副词，而though 可用作副词，且一般放在句末（不放在句首），意
为“可是，不过”。例如：
It’s hard work; I enjoy it, though. 工作很辛苦，可是我很喜欢。
We all tried our best. We lost the game, though. 我们都尽力最大努力，但我们还是输了。
（3）在 as though(好像，仿佛)，even though(即使，纵然)等固定短语中不能用 although。
例如：
He talks as though he knew everything. 他夸夸其谈，好像无所不知。
2. For example, in many countries, people nod their heads to show…
for example 意为“例如”，可以作为独立语插入句中，不影响句子其他部分的语法关系，
用以列举某一个人或事。例如：
There are many kinds of pollution, for example, noise is a kind of pollution.
有许多种污染方式，例如噪音就是一种污染。
He, for example, is a good student. 例如，他是一个好学生。
【拓展】
such as 用来列举多个事物，一般不全部列出，插在被列举事物与前面的名词之间。例如：
The farm grows all kinds of crops, such as rice, wheat and cotton.
这个农场种植各种各样的庄稼，例如，稻谷、小麦和棉花。
3. It is very rude to show the bottom of your shoe when you rest…
本句为“It is + adj. + for sb. + to do sth.”句型，意为“对……人来说做……事是……的”，
一般用来表达对某个人某种行为的客观评价。适用于此句型的常见的形容词有：hard 困难
的，difficult 困难的，easy 简单的，interesting 有趣的，impossible 重要的等。
例如：It is important for us to learn a foreign language.
对于我们来说学习一门外语是很重要的。
注意：在“It is + adj. + for sb. + to do sth. ”句型中，it 并无实际意义，它在句子里充当形
式主语的作用，而句子的真正主语为动词不定式to do，即例句实际的写法应为“To learn
a foreign language for us is important.”但是由于主语部分过于繁冗导致句子整体看起来非
常不协调，所以使用 it 做形式主语而把真正的主语放到句子的后半部分。
4. It’s hard, isn’t it?
这个句子是反意疑问句，表示对陈述句所说的事实提出相反的疑问，要求对方用“yes”
或“no”来进行回答。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
反义疑问句由两部分组成：前一部分是陈述句,后一部分是疑问句，疑问句是由 be，have，
助动词或情态动词后接主语构成。如果陈述句是肯定结构，反意疑问句须用否定结构；反之，
陈述句如果是否定结构，反意疑问句须用肯定结构。反意疑问句的两部分，必须保持人称和
时态的一致。例如：
He is old, isn’t he? 他老了，不是吗？
He never went there, did he? 他从没有去过那里，是吗？
无论哪种形式的反意疑问句，回答时要遵循：“Yes，后接肯定式”或者“No，后接否定式”
—The girl is helping her mother with the housework, isn’t she?
那个女孩正在帮妈妈做家务，不是吗？
—Yes, she is. 是的，她在帮。
—No, she isn’t. 不，她没有帮。
5. The more you review, the easier learning English will be.
本句属于“the + 比较级，the + 比较级”句型，意为“越……就越……”。例如：
The more you know him, the more you will love him.
你对他了解得越多，你将会越喜欢他。
The more careful you are, the fewer mistakes you will make.
你越细心，你犯的错误将越少。
6. Now I no longer feel nervous when I speak English in class!
no longer 意为“不再”，相当于 not…any longer。no longer 常位于句中，放在 be 动词之
后，实义动词之前。not…any longer 常位于句末，not 常位于 be 动词、情态动词或助动
词之后。两者经常可以互换。例如：
He is no longer a teacher. = He is not a teacher any longer. 他不再是老师了。
【拓展】
表示“不再”的词还有 not…any more 或 no more。二者的区别在于：
(1) not…any more = no more，表示数量或程度上的“不再”增加，通常修饰终止性动词。
例如：
The baby isn’t crying any more. = The baby is no more crying. 这个婴儿不再哭了。
(2) no longer = not…any longer 表示时间或距离上的“不再”延长，通常修饰延续性的动
词。例如：
I can’t stand it any longer. 我对此再也不能忍受下去了。
7. …but I find English really difficult,….
find 意为“发现，找到”。find English really difficult是“find+宾语+宾补”结构，形容词
作宾补。除了 find 外，make，keep 等动词后都可以接形容词作宾补。例如：
We found the game interesting to play. 我们发现这个游戏很好玩。
I play football to make my body strong. 我踢足球以使自己的身体强壮。
The noise kept him awake. 噪音吵得他一直没有睡着。
8. Some messages are understood by people around the world…
这个句子用了一般现在时的被动语态。
（1）英语中有两种语态：主动语态和被动语态。主动语态表示主语是动作的执行者。被
动语态表示主语是动作的承受者，即行为动作的对象。例如：
Many people speak Chinese.（谓语 speak 的动作是由主语 many people 来执行的。）
许多人说汉语。
Chinese is spoken by many people. (主语 Chinese 是动词 speak 的承受者。)
汉语被许多人说。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
（2）一般现在时被动语态的构成
一般现在时的被动语态由“am/is/are＋及物动词的过去分词”构成。由主语的人称和数来
确定用 am，is，还是 are。
1）肯定句：主语+ am/is/are＋及物动词的过去分词+其他。例如：
Bikes are sold in that shop. 自行车在那家商店被出售。
2）否定句：主语+ am/is/are＋not+及物动词的过去分词+其他。例如：
Bikes are not sold in that shop. 自行车不是在那家商店被出售的。
3）一般疑问句：Am/Is/Are+主语+及物动词的过去分词+其他？例如：
—Are bikes sold in that shop? 自行车在那家商店被出售吗？
—Yes, they are. 是的，它们是。/ No, they aren’t. 不，它们不是。
4）特殊疑问句：疑问词+ am/is/are+主语＋及物动词的过去分词+其他？例如：
Where are bikes sold? 自行车在哪里被出售？
（3）被动语态的用法：
1）不知道谁是动作的执行者的时候用被动语态。例如：
My bike was stolen last night. 我的自行车昨天晚上被偷了。
2）强调和突出动作的承受者的时候用被动语态。例如：
The blackboard has been cleaned. 黑板已经被擦干净了。
3）没有必要指出动作的执行者的时候用被动语态。例如：
The Great Wall was built thousands of years ago. 长城是数千年前建成的。
（4）主动语态变被动语态的方法：
1）把主动语态的宾语变成被动语态的主语。
2）把主动语态的谓语动词变成被动语态结构（be+及物动词的过去分词）。根据被动语态
句子里主语的人称和数，以及原来主动语态句子中动词的时态来决定be 的形式。
3）把主动语态的主语放在介词by 之后作宾语，若为主格应改为宾格。例如：
They make the bikes in the factory. 他们在这家工厂制造自行车。
→The bikes are made by them in the factory. 自行车在这家工厂被他们制造。
【句式精练】
I. 句型转换，按要求完成下列句子。
1．There are some apples in the basket．(改成反意疑问句)
There are some apples in the basket，_______ _______?
2．They usually give her some advice．(改成被动语态)
She _______ usually _______ some advice．
3．He studies English by watching English movies．(对划线部分提问)
_______ ________ he ________ English?
4．I’m allowed to watch TV on the weekend by my parents．(改成主动语态)
My parents _______ ________ to watch TV on the weekend．
5．—You can speak English，can’t you?(根据语境完成对话)
—_______，_______ _______．I studied English for three years．
6．English is spoken by many people in the world．(改成主动语态)
Many people _______ _______ in the world．
7．He usually helps the children．(改成被动语态)
The children _______ usually _______ _______ him．
8．There is little water in the glass．(改成反意疑问句)
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
There is little water in the glass，_______ _______?
9．Tom visited his grandmother last week．(改成反意疑问句)
Tom visited his grandmother last week，_______ _______?
10．The Changjiang River isn’t the first longest river in China，is it?(根据实际情况进行回答)
_______，_______ _______．
II. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1.在亚洲国家人们鞠躬表示尊重。
In Asian countries, people _______ _______ _______ _______.
2. 身体语言和口语一样重要。
Body language _______ _______ _______ _______ the spoken language.
3. 用你的脚去碰别人是不礼貌的。
_______ _______ _______ _______ _______ people with your feet.
4. 她正在和她的老师谈论英式英语和美式英语的不同。
She is talking with her teacher British English
American English.
5. 我疑惑他们在英国怎么付款。
I wonder what they in Britain.
6. 你能注意到这个事情的重要性，是吗？
You can notice the importance of the thing, ?
7. 有如此多的单词要记。
There are words .
8. 你复习的越多，你就会越容易记住。
you review, you will remember.
9. 我认为记住语法规则的最好方式是使用它们。
I think remember grammar rules is them.
10. 当我再课堂上说英语时，我不再感到紧张了。
When I speak English in class, I .
III. 补全对话。
（2016 年江苏省南京市中考）
根据对话内容,从下面方框中选择适当的单词或短语填空，使对话内容完整正确，并将
答案填写在相应位置上.
always patient Good idea because of do well in
A: Which teachers will you miss the most after junior high school, Han Mei?
B: Ms. Zhang and Mr. Li.
A: I know that Ms. Zhang was 1 enough to repeat grammar rules for you in English class.
B: Yes, and Mr. Li helped me 2 maths. He always took the time to explain things to me
clearly whenever I couldn’t understand anything. Who will you miss?
A: Ms. Wang. She encouraged me in Chinese class. She 3 told me, “You can do it!” I put in
more effort and got high marks 4 her.
B: Shall we get each of them a card and gift to say thank you?
A: 5 . Let’s go shopping tomorrow!
【参考答案】
I. 句型转换，按要求完成下列句子。
1．aren’t there 2．is；given 3．How does；study 4．allow me
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
5．Yes；I can 6．speak English 7．are；helped by 8．is there
9．didn’t he 10．Yes；it is
II. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1. bow to show respect 2. is as important as 3. It’s not polite to touch
4. about the differences between, and 5. pay with 6. can’t you
7. so many, to remember 8. The more, the easier
9. the best way to, to use 10. no longer feel nervous
III. 补全对话。
1. patient 2. do well in 3. always 4. because of 5. Good idea
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 1 Language
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择
1. Lucy used to go to bed late，_______ she?
A．didn’t B．doesn’t C．hadn’t D．isn’t
2. She enjoys books instead of hanging out．
A．read B．to read C．reading D．to reading
3. —He can speak little French，can he?
—______．But he can speak Russian．
A．Yes，he is B．No，he isn’t
C．Yes，he can D．No，he can’t
4. A lot of trees _______ around here every year and we can enjoy fresher air now．
A．plant B．is planted C．were planted D．are planted
5. You’d better take care，_______ you will hurt your eyes．
A．so B．but C．or D．and
6. Li Hua’s shoes are as ________ as Zhang Hui’s.
A. cheap B. cheaper C. the cheaper D. the cheapest
7. The ________ friends you have, the ________ you will be.
A. more; happy B. many; happy C. more; happier D. many; happier
8. You should _________ smoking. It’s bad for your health.
A. get up B. put up C. give up D. look up
[真题链接]
1． Everyone in our class _______ to take part in the English Speech Contest．(2015 年山东烟台
中考)
A．is encouraged B．encourages C．are encouraging D．are encouraged
2．—Can Mr. King spare some time for the charity show?(2015 年江苏盐城中考)
—If he _______，he will try his best to make it．
A．will be invited B．is invited
C．invites D．invited
3．—Don’t be late for school next time，_______? (2015 年贵州安顺中考)
—No，I won’t．
A．are you B．will you C．do you D．did you
II. 阅读理解
A
(2015 重庆中考 B 卷)
Our body language tells the world a lot about us．But can it change the way we see ourselves?
The answer is YES．
Two scientists，Amy Cuddy and Danna Carney，who know much about body language，did
a famous research．According to the result of their research，body language can change the
chemistry of our brains．Some high-power body language can make you become confident(自信
的)．For example，you will feel confident when you hold your head high；you will feel confident
when you walk with your shoulders back；you will feel confident too when you put your arms out
wide as if you were winning a race．However，some low-power body language can make you feel
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
unconfident，such as sitting with your arms close to the body ，sitting with your legs together or
walking with your head down．
Why do all these happen? The scientists think the reason is that body language changes the
amount(数量) of something special in our brains．It’s called hormone(荷尔蒙)．One kind of
hormone can increase your confidence；another kind can increase your stress(压力)．But too
much stress hormone is bad for learning．It also increases the risk of health problems．
The result of the research is also helpful for your studies．Please remember：try to use more
high-power body language in your studies，then you will be confident．That is，always believe you
can study well，act as if you were doing well，then you will make greater progress in real life．
1．From this passage，we know _______ can make us feel confident．
A．sitting with our legs together
B．putting our arms out wide
C．sitting with our arms close to the body
D．walking with our head down
2. The scientists don’t think ______ is good for learning.
A. too little hormone in our body
B. holding your head high
C. walking with your shoulders back
D. too much stress hormone
3．The Chinese meaning of the word“high-power” in this passage is probably “_______”．
A．功率大的 B．强有力的 C．高尚的 D．高贵的
4．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Body language changes the amount of hormone in our brains．
B．Body language can’t change the way you see yourself．
C．High-power body language can make us feel unconfident．
D．The result of the research is only useful for students．
B
阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题。
About one hundred years ago many educated people spoke French when they met people
from other countries．Today most people speak English when they meet foreigners．English has
become the new international language ．There are more people who speak English as a second
language than people who speak English as a first language．Why?
There are many reasons why English has become so popular．One of them is that English has
become the language of business．Another important reason is that popular American culture，like
movies，music，and McDonald’s has quickly spread all over the world．It has brought its language
with it．
Is it good that English has spread to all parts of the world so quickly? I don’t know．It’s
important to have a language that everyone has in common ．Our world has become smaller and
closer and we need to communicate with one another．On the other hand，English is a rather hard
language to learn and it brings its culture with it．Well，do we really need that?
Scientists have already tried to create an artificial (人造的) language that isn ’t too difficult
and isn’t from any one group’s culture．It is called Esperanto．But it hasn’t become
popular．Maybe the popularity of English won’t last that long，either．Who knows? There are more
people in the world who speak Chinese than any other language．Maybe someday Chinese will be
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
the new international language．
5．When was French popular?
_________________________________
6．How many reasons why English has become popular are mentioned?
_________________________________
7．Does the writer think English should become the only international language?
_________________________________
8．What is the artificial language called?
_________________________________
9．What language does the writer think will be the new international language in the future?
_________________________________
III.书面表达
根据中文大意和英文提示词语，写出意思连贯、符合逻辑、不少于50 词的短文。所给英
文提示词语仅供选用。请不要写出你的校名和姓名。
当今社会，英语被广泛使用，这充分说明了英语的重要性。作为中学生，我们有必要学
好英语。请以 How to learn English well 为题，写一篇短文，谈谈如何学好英语。
提示词语：preview，take notes，talk with，make mistakes，guess，keep a diary
How to learn English well
As we know，English is the most widely used in the world．It plays an important part in our
life．As students，we should learn English well．Now let me give you some advice on how to learn
it well.
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1. A。本题考查的是反意疑问句。从陈述部分中used to 知，简单问句用 did 帮助构成。故
选 A。
2. C。enjoy doing sth．为固定结构，意为“喜欢／享受做某事”。故选 C。
3. D。由答语中“但是他能说俄语”可排除 A、C；反意疑问句中含有情态动词can，故选 D。
4. D。句意：每年这儿周围都种植很多树，现在我们能够享受更新鲜的空气了。由句意知，
句子主语 trees 是动作 plant 的承受者，应用被动语态，排除 A；主语 trees 为复数，排除 B；
由 every year 知，本句为一般现在时态。故选D。
5. C。句意：你最好小心点，否则你会伤到你的眼睛。考查连词。so 所以；but 但是；or 否
则；and 和。根据句意可知应选C。
6. A。as…as…意为“与……一样……”，中间用形容词或副词的原形，故选A。
7. C。句意为“你的朋友越多，你就会越快乐”。“the +比较级，the +比较级”表示“越……，
越……”，故选 C。
8. C。get up 起床；put up 搭建，张贴； give up 放弃；look up 查阅。由下句的“吸烟对你
的健康有害”可知“你应该戒烟”，故选 C。
[真题链接]
1．A。句意：我们班每个人都被鼓励参加这次英语演讲比赛。由句意知，句子主语 Everyone
是动作 encourage 的承受者，应用被动语态，排除 B、C；everyone 为单数，其作主语时，
谓语动词也用单数。故选A。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
2．B。答语句意：如果他被邀请，他会尽全力腾出时间的。本条件状语从句的主语 he 是 invite
的承受者，应用被动语态，排除C、D；在含有条件状语从句的主从复合句中，主句是一般
将来时，从句用一般现在时。故选B。
3．B。分析句子结构知．本题考查的是祈使句变反意疑问句。祈使句构成反意疑问句的结
构为“祈使句，will you?”。故选 B。
II. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．B。细节理解题。由第二段中you will feel confident too when you put your arms out wide
可知，如果你把手臂向外伸展，你也会感觉有自信。故选B。
2．D。细节理解题。由第二段中“But too much stress hormone is bad for learning．”可知，太
多的压力荷尔蒙会不利于学习。故选D。
3．B。词义猜测题。由该单词所在句后的“For example，you will feel confident when you hold
your head high、...when you walk with your shoulders back 、...when you put your arms out
wide as if you were winning a race”可知，当你昂起头、肩膀后靠地行走、把手臂向外伸展时，
你就会自信。而这些动作显示的就是“强有力的”肢体语言。故选B。
4．A。细节理解题。由第三段“The scientists think the reason is that body language changes the
amount of something special in our brains．It’s called hormone．”可知，科学家们认为肢体语言
改变了人们大脑中的荷尔蒙的数量。故选A。
B 篇
5．About one hundred years ago．由文章开头“About one hundred years ago many educated
people spoke French when they met people from other countries．”可知答案。
6．Two／2．由文章第二段“ One of them is that English has become the language of
business．Another important reason is that popular American culture，like movies，music，and
McDonald’s has quickly spread all over the world．”可知，文中提到了两个原因。
7．No，he／she doesn’t．由文章第三段的内容可知本题应作否定回答。
8．Esperanto． 由文章最后一段“Scientists have already tried to create an artificial language... It
is called Esperanto．”可知答案。
9．Chinese．由文章最后一句“Maybe someday Chinese will be the new international language．”
可知，作者认为未来汉语将有可能成为新的国际语言。由此得到答案。
III. 书面表达。
参考范文：
How to learn English well
As we know，English is the most widely used in the world．It plays an important part in our
life．As students，we should learn English well．Now let me give you some advice on how to learn
it well．
First，we should preview the day’s lesson before class，take notes in class and review them
after class．Second，try to talk with your classmates in English as often as possible．Don’t be afraid
of making mistakes．Third，do more reading．Try to guess the main idea of a passage．Fourth，
keeping a diary is another good way to improve our English．I’m sure you will make great
progress as long as you stick to these methods．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 2 Books
词句精讲精练
【词汇精讲】
1. be used to
be used to 意为“习惯于……”，to 是介词，其后可接名词、代词或动词-ing 形式作宾语。
be used to doing something意思是“习惯于做某事”。例如：
He is a movie star. He is used to a lot of attention from his fans.
他是一个电影明星，他习惯了受到粉丝们的众多关注。
My father is used to living in the village.
我爸爸习惯于住在小山村。
【拓展】
（1）be used to do something 意思是“被用来做某事”，是动词短语use…to do 的被动语态
结构。例如：
Knives are used to cut things. 小刀是用来切东西的。
（2）used to do sth 是一个固定结构，意思是“过去经常做某事”，后面用动词原形，表示
过去的某种经常性、习惯性的行为或者动作，并意味着这种动作目前已经不存在。例如：
肯定句：I used to play with my friends after school. 过去放学后我常常和朋友们一起玩。
否定句：You didn’t use to like pop songs. = You usedn’t to like pop songs.
你过去常常不喜欢流行歌曲。
一般疑问句：Did your sister use to be quiet? = Used your sister to be quiet?
你的妹妹过去常常是很安静吗？
there be 句式：There used to be a lot of fishes in this river. 过去这条小河常常有许多鱼。
2. proud
proud 是形容词，常用结构：be proud of sth. 意为“以……而骄傲；为……而自豪”。
例如：
I am very proud of being a Chinese. 作为一名中国人我很自豪。
be proud to do sth 意为“为做某事而骄傲”。例如：
I am proud to be a league member. 我为成为团员而骄傲。
【拓展】
pride 是名词，意为“骄傲，自豪”。
常用的结构：take pride in sth. 意为“为某事骄傲”。例如：
They take great pride in her daughter who is now a famous scientist.
他们为成为科学家的女儿而感到自豪。
He is the pride of our city. 他是我们城市的骄傲。
3. prefer
（1）prefer 是及物动词，意思是“更喜欢、比较喜欢”，相当于 like better。例如：
Which do you prefer (=like better), rice or bread?
你比较喜欢哪一样，米饭还是面包？
（2）由 prefer 构成的短语：
1）prefer A to B意为“喜欢 A 胜过 B、比起 B 来更喜欢 A”，此短语中 A 和 B 的形式一
样，可以是名词、代词或者动名词，但必须两个词形式统一。例如：
We prefer apples to oranges. 比起桔子来我们更喜欢苹果。
My grandma prefers taking a walk to sitting in front of the TV.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
我奶奶宁愿去散步而不愿看电视。
2）prefer to do something rather than do something 意为“宁愿做某事，而不愿意做某事”。
此短语中 prefer 的后面用动词不定式，than 的后面用省略 to 的动词不定式。例如：
They prefer to stay at home and watch TV, rather than go out for a walk.
他们宁愿呆在家里看电视，也不愿意出去散步。
4. compare
（1）compare 作动词，意为“比较，对照”，常与 with 连用。例如：
Compare your answers with those at the back of the book to see if they are right.
把你的答案同书后面的答案对照一下，看看是否正确。
My handwriting can’t be compared with my father’s.
我的书法不能与我父亲的相比。
If you compare the two books, you will see that this one is better.
如果你比较一下这两本书，你会发现这一本好一些。
（2）compare 作动词，还用作比喻意义，意为“比作”。例如：
Man’s life is often compared to a candle.
人生常被比为蜡烛。
Shakespeare compared the world to a stage.
莎士比亚把人世比作舞台。
5. offer
（1）offer 有“(主动)拿给，给予”的意思，相当于 give，后可接名词或代词作宾语，也可
接双宾语，即 offer sb sth =offer sth。例如：
The young man offered the old man his own seat on the bus.
那个年轻人在公共汽车上将自己的座位让给了那个老人。
Many people willingly offered their blood. 很多人自愿献血。
（2）offer 作动词，表示“提出、表示”。例如：
Johnson offered a new suggestion. 约翰逊提出了一个新建议。
We all went to offer congratulations. 我们都前去表示祝贺。
（3）offer 后接不定式，表示“主动提出做某事”。例如：
He offered to drive us to the airport, but we preferred to walk there.
他主动提出送我们去机场，但我们宁愿走路去。
She offered to lend me her bike. 她提出将自行车借给我。
（4）offer 还有“出售”、“出价”的意思。
1）offer sth for (money) 以多少钱出售某物。例如：
He offered this bike for 600 yuan. 这辆自行车他要价 600 元。
2）offer sb (money) for sth / to buy sth 出价多少购买某物。例如：
We offered him 10,000 yuan for his house. 我们愿出一万元钱来购买他的房子。
【拓展】
辨析：offer，provide 与 supply
offer 1）给予，提供（有主观上愿意供给的意思）。
He offered me a glass of wine. 他端给我一杯酒。
2）愿意，试图（做某事）；提议（+ to do）。
They offered to help me. 他们表示愿意帮助我。
3）offer 还有“出价，给工资”的意思。
We offered him the calculator for $50. 这计算器我们向他开价五十美元。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
provide 1）作及物动词，意为“提供装备，供给”。
provide sb. with sth.= provide sth. for sb.为某人提供某物
She managed to provide her children with food and clothing.
她设法使她的孩子有饭吃，有衣穿。
2）作不及物动词，意为“抚养，赡养”(+for) 。
He tried to earn more money to provide for a large family.
他设法多挣钱以供养一个大家庭。
supply 作及物动词，意为“供给，供应；补充，满足”，其后常用介词 to，for 和 with。
We supply power to the three nearby towns.
我们给附近的三个城镇提供电力。
Our farm supplies the market with fruits.
我们的农场为这家市场提供水果。
6. depend
depend 意思为“依靠、依赖、取决于”等，只用作不及物动词，通常与介词 on, upon 连用，
主要用法有：
（1）depend on/upon＋某人或某物，有时可在某人或某物后用介词for。例如：
Whether we’ll go camping depends on the weather.
我们是否去野营要看天气。
Children depend on their parents for food and clothing.
儿童的衣食靠父母。
（2）depend on/upon＋从句 例如：
Our success depends on whether everyone works hard or not.
我们的成功取决于每个人是否努力。
The amount you pay depends on where you live.
你付多少钱要看你住什么地方。
（3）口语中说 It (all) depends. /That depends. 意为“那要看情况”。例如：
—Are you going too? 你也去吗?
—That depends. 那要看情况。
7. force
force 作及物动词，意为“强迫，迫使”。force sb. to do sth. 意为“强迫/迫使某人做某事”。
例如：
Many people were forced to leave the land to find jobs in the cities.
许多人被迫离开农村到城市找工作。
I was forced to take a taxi because the last bus had left.
最后一班公共汽车已经走了，我只好做了一辆出租车。
【拓展】
force 还可以用作不可数名词，意为“力，力量”。例如：
He had to use force to get the lid off the tin.
他得用力才能打开这个罐头的盖子。
8. consider
consider 作动词，意为“考虑、认为”，它的后面跟名词、动名词或者从句作宾语。
Please consider my suggestion. 请考虑我的建议。
Why don’t you consider visiting Qing Dao？你为什么不考虑去青岛参观？
I consider that he is a selfish man. 我认为他是一个自私的人。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
【拓展】
后接动名词作宾语的动词及短语可参考以下归纳：
完成，实践，值得，忙（finish, practice, be worth, be busy）；
考虑，建议，不禁，想（consider, suggest, can’t help, feel like）；
错过，习惯，（别）放弃（miss, be used to, give up）；
继续，喜欢，（要）介意（keep on, enjoy, mind）。
9. remain
（1）remain 用作不及物动词，意为“剩下、留下、呆在”，相当于 stay。例如：
When the others had gone, Joan remained (=stayed) to clean the room.
别人走了，琼留下来清扫房间。
Only a few leaves remained (= were still) on the tree. 树上只剩下几片叶子了。
The Smiths remained there all through the year. 史密斯一家人在那里呆了整整一年。
The soldiers were ordered to remain where they were. 士兵们接到命令呆在原地。
（2）remain 作联系动词，意为“一直保持,仍然处于某种状态中”。例如：
Peter became a manager but John remained a worker.
彼得当上了经理，但约翰仍然是一个工人。
Whatever great progress you have made, you should remain modest.
无论你取得了多么大的进步，你都应一直保持谦虚。
The shop remains open until 11 at night.
这个商店一直营业到晚上十一点。
Whether it will do us good remains to be seen.
这是否对我们有好处，还要看一看。
10. add
作动词，意为“加，增加”，常用以下结构：
（1）add… to… 意为“把……加到……”。例如：
Don’t add fuel to the flames. 别再火上浇油了。
（2）add to 表示“增加；增添”，其中 to 是介词，后接名词或代词。例如：
Each girl present at the party was wearing a flower in the hair, which added to their beauty.
参加晚会的姑娘人人头上都戴有一朵花，使得她们显得愈加漂亮。
（3）add up 意为“把……加起来”。例如：
Add up all the numbers and you will see how much you owe me.
把所有的数字加起来看看你欠我多少。
（4）add up to 意为“总计；加起来结果是”。例如：
All the numbers add up to exactly 900. 所有数加起来一共 900。
11. get along
get along 意为“相处”，也可用 get on，其后接介词 with。get along/on with 意为“与……
相处”。在 along/on 后面可以加副词，表示相处得如何。get along well/badly with sb. 意为
“与某人相处融洽/不好”。例如：
He gets along well with his classmates. 他和同学们相处融洽。
She is a person who gets along badly with people. 她是个难以相处的人。
【拓展】
get along 还可意为“进步，进展”。例如：
How do you get along with your studies? 你的学业进展如何？
My work is getting along much better now. 现在我的工作进展得顺利多了。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
12. mean
(1) mean 可以意为“意思是……；有……意思；意味着”，一般后跟名词或动词-ing 形式。
例如：
What do you mean? 你是什么意思？
Missing the train means waiting for another hour.
没赶上这趟火车就意味着再等一个小时。
(2) mean 后跟名词、代词或 to do 时，意为“打算，意欲”。例如：
I don’t mean to hurt you. 我并非有意伤害你。
(3) means 是名词，意为“方法，手段”，单复数同形，均为 means，by means of 表示“通过……
手段”。例如：
I got there by means of taking a boat. 我是坐船到那里的。
(4) meaning 是可数名词，意为“意思，意义”。例如：
I don’t understand the meaning of that paragraph. 我不懂那段话的意思。
【词汇精练】
I. 短语互译。
1. 习惯于 2. instead of
3. 以……为骄傲 4. prefer…to…
5. 做某事有麻烦 6. in common
7. 依某人看来 8. back and forth
9. 允许某人做某事 10. be forced to do sth
II. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1．Little trees will grow taller and stronger after a long p_______ of time．
2．The Adventures of Tom Sawyer is w_______ around the world now．
3．The man who doesn’t read good books has no ______(优势) over the man who can’t read them．
4．I like to draw．I want to be an a________．
5．Tom started to paint the long fence with white p________．
6．We can make a ________(预测) before we read a long passage．
7. As the development of ________(社会)，we will have a better life in the future．
8. He has to r________ in hospital until he is better．
9. When we talk about a friend，we should never forget f________．
10. Their cultural background(背景) gave them a spirit of ________(冒险)．
III. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. There would be an accident if you drive ________ (care) like this.
2. The boy was made ________ (play) the piano every day although he didn’t like it at all.
3. I decide to go there with you instead of ________ (stay) at home.
4. Tom has an ________ (invite) to the opening night.
5. She’s never ________ (satisfy) with what she’s got.
6. It’s an ________ (interest) book for children and most children like it.
7. My last summer holiday is really ________ (enjoy).
8. Do I get a chance ________ (paint) a fence every day?
IV. 用方框内所给词组完成句子，每个词组只能用一次。
focus on，take a look at，instead of，in the end，here and there，
more and more，no …at all，continue
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
1. We should encourage them ________ throwing cold water on them.
2. I ________ like the story ________. I think it’s too difficult to understand.
3. They searched ________ , but couldn’t find the cat.
4. Your mum will be unhappy if you ________ talking to her like that.
5. He finds it hard to ________ his thoughts ________ one thing for longer than five minutes.
6. She became ________ interested in science.
7. Let’s ________ your pictures that you took in Sydney.
8. You’ll get there ________ if you work hard.
V. 听力链接。
（2016 年北京市朝阳区中考一模）
听对话，记录关键信息。本段对话你将听两遍。
请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语，将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上。
【参考答案】
I. 短语互译。
1. be used to 2. 代替；不是……而是…… 3. be proud of / take pride in
4. 喜欢……甚于…… 5. have trouble (in) doing sth. 6. 共同的，共有的
7. in one’s opinion 8. 反复地，来回地 9. allow sb. to do sth.
10. 被迫做某事
II. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1. period 2. well-known 3. advantage 4. artist 5. paint
6. prediction 7. society 8. remain 9. friendship 10. adventure
III. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. carelessly 2. to play 3. staying 4. invitation
5. satisfied 6. interesting 7. enjoyable 8. to paint
IV. 用方框内所给词组完成句子，每个词组只能用一次。
1. instead of 2. don’t; at all 3. here and there 4. continue
5. focus; on 6. more and more 7. take a look at 8. in the end
V. 听力链接。
1．son； 2．leg； 3．Daisy； 4．small； 5．6513928；
听力材料：
听对话，记录关键信息。本段对话你将听两遍。
M：Hello! Children’s Hospital．What can I do for you?
W：Oh，my son’s leg got hurt just now.
M：Give me some details．OK?
W：He fell off the stairs and hurt his leg.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
M：Is it serious?
W：I’m not sure whether it has been broken．He is in pain and crying nonstop.
M：Keep calm，Madam．Tell me your name and address，please.
W：Daisy White．D-A-I-S-Y，Daisy，W-H-I-T-E，White.
M：OK．Ms. White．What’s your address?
W：No．2 West Road．It’s next to a small park.
M：What’s your phone number?
W：651-3928.
M：OK．We’ll immediately send a doctor and a nurse.
W：When will they arrive?
M：I believe they’ll arrive at about 4:00.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 2 Books
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择
1．Liu Huan，a famous male singer，has long hair，because he ________ long hair．
A．used to have B．is used to having C．is used for having D．is used to have
2．—Jack，I have ________ working out the maths problem．
—Don’t worry．Let me help you．
A．fun B．trouble C．experience D. interest
3．—We’ve no money and the last bus has gone．Any ________ ideas?
—Oh，Tom will drive home from work at this time．Ask him for a ride?
A．funny B．bright C．opposite D．correct
4．When Tim ________ why he was late for school，he just kept silent．
A．was asked B．asked C．was asking D．is asked
5．—Food safety is very important．
—So some rules ________ to stop people from polluting food．
A．must make B．must be made C．must made D．be made
6．A party ________ in our school next month．I’m looking forward to it．
A．held B．holds C．is held D．will be held
7．—How’s he now?
—I hear the company ________ him a very good job，but he turned it down．
A．donated B．served C．offered D．introduced
8．—Jim，remember to return this book by Friday．
________．
A．Got it B．Good luck C．That’s right D．It’s nothing
9．Mo Yan is one of _______ writers in the world．
A．famous B．more famous C．most famous D．the most famous
10．The book won’t _______ until the end of the year．
A．come out B．come over C．come true D．come on
[真题链接]
1. —Don’t you think it ________ of some teenagers to be crazy about pop stars? （2015 年常州
市中考）
—Well，I don’t think so．We were once young and had the similar experiences．
A．creative B．silly C．wise D．curious
2. A person who is ________ does not tell lies or cheat people．（2015 年温州市中考）
A．careless B．stupid C．honest D．humorous
3. Jenny’s uncle is a scientist．She is proud him．（2015 年孝感市中考）
A．from B．at C．in D．of
II. 完形填空
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选
择最佳选项。
The greatest feeling in the world comes not from receiving presents，or even getting an A on
the maths test you studied so hard for．It 1 when you hand a cup of hot coffee to that older
man sitting on the side of the street asking for money ．You feel it when you drive an hour and a
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
half to a 2 to meet children with cancer．And you feel it when you sit down with your friend
to comfort her 3 her mother died．Helping others can be the greatest feeling in the world，
and I 4 this just one year ago．
My friend asked me to attend a Youth Group meeting at his church．After an hour of listening
to them 5 their opinions，I was invited to go with them to help 6 the homeless．
Early that Saturday morning，a team of 15 teenagers began making sandwiches and counting
bags of candy．For the first time in my life I realised that we，the teens of America，can make a
7 ．Since it was my first time，and I wasn’t part of the group，I felt a little out of place ．But
watching the others 8 the food drove my nervousness away．
Before long，all 150 bagged lunches were gone and the group was 9 its way home．I
realised that not only is my friend an amazing person，but that all of those people are
amazing．That’s what made me join the Youth Group．
I work at a coffee shop but don’t make much．It’s not the best job，but there are times when
it’s worth it．For example，a few weeks ago，when the store was 10 and I was bored，looking
out of the window，I noticed an old man sitting outside．He had been there before．As a matter of
fact，he 11 came in to buy anything because he didn’t have any money．I took up a cup of
coffee，walked outside，and handed it to him．The smile on his face made me happy ，and as I
walked back into the store．I put my own money into the drawer．Then I knew how the members
of the Youth Group feel every time they help someone．Knowing that you can help is 12 the
greatest feeling in the world．
1．A．comes B．stops C．lasts D．fails
2．A．shop B．church C．country D．hospital
3．A．after B．until C．though D．before
4．A．expected B．discovered C．touched D．offered
5．A．write B．experience C．voice D．discuss
6．A．teach B．encourage C．move D．feed
7．A．decision B．success C．dream D．difference
8．A．take out B．pick out C．hand out D．point out
9．A．in B．on C．through D．by
10．A．empty B．free C．busy D．crowded
11．A．even B．usually C．never D．often
12．A．helpful B．wonderful C．hopeful D．useful
III. 阅读理解
A
Take a look at our library! Our library is open to everyone and the library card is free．
Books ·books in 36 languages
·information about the world
·all kinds of stories
·picture books for children
·novels
You can enjoy newspapers and magazines in the reading room．
You can borrow two books at a time and keep them for three weeks．
Videos ·all kinds of video films
·music videos
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
·TV plays
You can enjoy yourself and watch your favourite videos at home．
You can rent(租) a video at two yuan for a week．
Audio(音频) ·music for everyone
·language cassettes；42 world languages
Special rooms for you to enjoy listening．
CDs and cassettes can be borrowed—FREE．
You can borrow one CD or one cassette at a time and keep it for one week．
E-books ·many different kinds of e-books
·e-newspapers and e-magazines
You can browse(浏览) all the e-books in the computer room—FREE．
1．How many books can you borrow at a time?
A．One． B．Two． C．Three． D．Four．
2．How much should you pay if you rent a video for a week?
A．Two yuan． B．Three yuan． C．Four yuan. D．Free．
3．What can you do in the computer room?
A．Enjoy e-books．
B．Borrow some books．
C．Enjoy music videos．
D．Borrow some CDs．
B
(2015 年北京顺义一模)
Some people say that today，reading is not as important as it was．These days we have
photographs，films，radio and television．Why read a description of something when you can look
at a photograph? Why read a newspaper when the latest news is brought to us every hour on radio
and TV?
Photography was certainly a wonderful invention．Photographs can give a very clear idea of
places and of people that we have never seen．An encyclopedia(百科全书)，for example，is
always better when it has good illustrations ．But we also need words to explain the photographs
and drawings．A photograph of an elephant may give us a very good idea of what an elephant
looks like，but it tells us nothing about the different sorts of elephants there are and where they are
found，their exact size and weight，how they can be useful to man and so on．
In the same way，a good film has action，movement，colour，and maybe music．These are
things we do not find on the printed page．But reading a novel has certain advantages over
watching even an excellent feature film．Reading a novel requires imagination．Each of us
imagines a story differently．
Watching news on television can certainly be exciting．But we need newspapers as
well．Some important news stories happen when there are no cameras around．More importantly，
a newspaper does not just report the news．It explains why something has been happening．It also
contains interesting articles on different subjects．Newspapers are an important part of our lives，
if we want to understand what is going on in the places we live as well as in other parts of the
world．
Reading is very important for information and pleasure．We need to be good readers to enjoy
a full life as human beings．Reading is a skill and like other skills，it needs practice．The more we
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
read，the better readers we will become．And the better readers we become，the more we will enjoy
reading! The secret is to form the reading habit．Read at least a little every day．
4．According to Paragraph 2，photographs can give us _______．
A．enough information about people and places
B．no information about things
C．some information about things but not enough
D．the wrong information about things
5．Newspapers contain _______．
A．more information than television
B．less information than television
C．more news from other countries
D．less information about important events than TV
6．What are the advantages of novels over a feature film?
A．There are more interesting subjects in novels．
B．We do not hear any music in a novel．
C．Novels always explain what is happening．
D．Novels make us use our imagination．
7．What does the author think about reading?
A．It is a wonderful invention．
B．It is an important part of our lives．
C．It requires no practice．
D．It is not as important as television．
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．B。考查 used to do sth.和 be used to doing sth.的区别。used to do sth.意为“过去常常做某
事”；be used to doing sth.意为“习惯做某事”。句意：刘欢，一位著名的男歌手，留着长发，
因为他习惯留长发。结合句意，故选B。
2．B。考查 have trouble doing sth.的用法。句意：——杰克，我解出这道数学题有困难。—
—别担心，让我来帮助你。根据句意，故选B。
3．B。句意：——我们没有钱，最后一班公交车也走了。有什么好消息吗？——哦，汤姆
这个时候将要开车下班回家。问他搭个便车吧？考查形容词的词义辨析。funny 有趣的，好
笑的；bright 明亮的，聪明的；opposite 相反的；correct 正面的。根据句意，故选 B。
4．A。句意：解析：考查被动语态。句意：当蒂姆被问到为什么上学迟到时，他只是保持
沉默。根据从句“he was late”可知用一般过去时的被动语态，故选A。
5．B。句意：——食品安全很重要。——所以必须要制定一些规则来阻止人们污染食品。
make rules 表示“制定规则”。考查含有情态动词的被动语态。其结构为：must／can／...be
done 。故选 B。
6．D。句意：下个月我们学校将要举办一个聚会，我很期待。party 作主语，是动词hold 的
承受者，要用被动语态。根据“next month”可知要用一般将来时的被动语态。其结构为：
will／shall be done 或 be going to be done。故选 D。
7．C。句意：——他现在怎么样？——我听说公司给他提供了一个好工作，但是他拒绝了。
考查动词词义辨析。donated 捐赠；served 服务；offered 提供；introduced 介绍。由句意可知
选 C。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
8．A。考查交际用语。句意：——吉姆，记得下周五之前还书。——知道了。Got it．知道
了；Good luck. 祝你好运；That’s right. 没错。It’s nothing. 没什么，没关系。根据句意，故
选 A。
9．D。考查形容词的比较等级。句意：莫言是世界上最出名的作家之一。“one of+限定词+
形容词最高级+名词复数”表示“最……之一”。故选 D。
10. A。考查 come 的短语。句意：这本书直到年底才会出版。come out 出版；come over 顺
便来访；come true 实现；come on 加油。根据句意，故选 A。
[真题链接]
1. B。句意：——你难道不认为有些青少年为明星们疯狂很愚蠢吗?——不，我不这么看。
我们也曾经年轻过，也有过相似的经历。考查形容词词义辨析。creative 有创造力的；silly
愚蠢的；wise 英明的；curious 好奇的。根据句意，故选 B。
2. C。考查形容词词义辨析。careless 粗心的；stupid 愚蠢的；honest 诚实的；humorous 幽默
的。句意：一个诚实的人不撒谎或骗人。根据句意，故选C。
3. D。考查短语。句意：詹尼的叔叔是一位科学家。她为他感到自豪。be proud of 为……感
到自豪。故选 D。
II. 完形填空。
1．A。前文提示了 comes，所以此处用 comes。
2．D。后文提示 children with cancer，所以是 hospital。
3．A。根据句子意思，应该是在她妈妈去世之后安慰她，所以是after。
4．B。帮助他人是这个世界上最伟大的情感，就在一年前“我”发现了这个道理。
5．C。既然是“我”听，所以应该是他们“说”，voice 在这里表示“说”。
6．D。句意：我被邀请去帮助他们给无家可归的人提供食物。feed 表示“喂养，向……提
供”。
7．D。固定短语 make a difference 意为“产生影响”。
8．C。hand out 固定短语，意为“分发”。句意：但是看着别人分发食物，我的紧张感被驱
赶走了。
9．B。on one’s way home 意为“在某人回家的路上”。
10．A。后文提示 I was bored，表明没有什么事做，所以商店里应该是没有客人，所以是 empty。
11．C。后文提示他没有钱，所以是never。
12．B。知道你能提供帮助，那种感觉很美妙，这里要用一个词表示和 greatest 类似的含义，
所以用 wonderful 是最合适的。
III. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．B。事实细节题。在 Books 一栏中提到了每次可借阅的图书为2 本。
2．A。事实细节题。在 Videos 一栏中提到了录像带的租金：每周2 元。
3．A。事实细节题。在 E-books 一栏中提到了计算机房，在那里可以浏览电子图书。
B 篇
4．C。事实归纳题。第二段叙述了照片的功能：有画面却没有文字描述，与 C 选项意思吻
合。
5．A。事实细节题。第四段指出：报纸除了要报道新闻，还刊登有关不同话题的有趣文章，
这与 A 选项意思吻合。
6．D。事实细节题。第三段对小说和影片进行对比，发现两者的区别在于：读小说时需要
想象。
7．B。事实细节题。文章最后一段提到了作者对阅读的看法，最后指出：每天都读点儿，
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
这与 B 选项意思一致。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 2 Books
句式精讲精练
【句式精讲】
3. Well, not all books help people learn.
not all…表示部分否定，意为“不是所有的……都……，并非……都”。not 与
all/every/both/always等表示完全意义的词连用时，构成部分否定。例如：
Not all that glitters is gold. 发光的并不都是金子。
Not all students take the bus to school. 并非所有的学生都乘公共汽车上学。
Not every answer is right. 并不是每一个答案都正确。
【拓展】
若要表示全部否定时，则用none 代替 all 或 every；用 neither 或 nor 代替 both；用 never
代替 always。例如：
Not all soccer players are tall. 不是所有的足球运动员都高。
None of the soccer players are tall. 所有的足球运动员都不高。
Not both his parents are teachers. 他的父母亲并非都是老师。
Neither of his parents is teacher. 他的父母亲都不是老师。
Not every child likes basketball. 并不是所有的孩子都喜欢篮球。
None of the children likes basketball. 这些孩子都不喜欢篮球。
4. However, Tom had to finish the work Aunt Polly gave him.
have to 意为“不得不，必须”，表示客观情况要求某人必须做某事，有人称和时态的变化，
后接动词原形。例如：
She isn’t very well these days and she has to stay at home.
她这些天身体不太好，不得不待在家里。
Youdon’t have to tell me this. 你不必告诉我这件事。
Do you have to do everything? 什么事都得你做吗？
She doesn’t have to come this afternoon. 今天下午她不必来。
【拓展】
must 与 have to 的辨析：
（1）have to 侧重于客观需要，含有“不得不”或“被迫”之意，有多种时态形式；否定
式为 don’t have to 意为“不必”。例如：
It’s raining. I have to stay at home. 正在下雨，我不得不待在家里。
You didn’t have to wait for me yesterday. 昨天你没有必要等我。
（2）must 侧重于说话者的主观看法，认为有必要或有义务去做某事；只有现在时一种形
式（在宾语从句中可以表示过去）；否定式 mustn’t 意为“一定不要；不允许；禁止”。例
如：
You must do your homework first. 你必须先做作业。
You mustn’t fire without myorder. 没我的命令不许开枪。
3. Ben stopped eating his apple.
stop doing sth 意为“停止做某事”。例如：
He stopped watching TV and began to read English.
他不看电视了，开始读英语。
【拓展】
stop 后还可以接动词不定式，即 stop to do sth 意为“停下来原来做的事，去做另一件事”。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
例如：
He watched TV for an hour. At 8 he stopped to do his homework.
他看了一个小时的电视，八点钟他停下来(停止看电视)去做作业。
4. Tom, why don’t you let me paint a little?
Why don’t you do sth.? 是一个否定疑问句，意为“为什么不……？”常用来征求意见和提
出建议，相当于“Why not do sth.?”。例如：
Why don’t you go with us? = Why not go with us? 为什么不同我们一起去呢？
Why don’t you go swimming? = Why not go swimming? 为什么不去游泳呢？
5. Ben watched every move and became more and more interested until he finally said…
until 意为“直到……”，有下列用法：
（1）作介词，后接时间名词，在句中作时间状语。例如：
She stayed there until 9 o’clock. 她一直等到 9 点钟。
（2）作连词，后接从句，引导时间状语从句。例如：
We waited until the rain stopped. 我们等到雨停了。
【拓展】
（1）until 用在肯定句中，多与持续性的动词连用。如stand/wait/stay 等，表示主句动作
的终止时间。例如：
He will probably wait until the last minute. 他也许会等到最后一刻。
（2）until 可用于否定句中，即 not…until…意为“直到……才”，常与非延续性动词连用。
如 open/start/leave/arrive等，强调主句动作开始的时间。例如：
The child didn’t go to bed until his father came back. 直到父亲回来，那个孩子才睡觉。
6. Paper books also allow readers to make notes easily.
allow 是动词，意为“允许，准许”，主要用法有：
（1）allow sb. to do sth. 意为“允许某人做某事”。例如：
My parents don’t allow me to smoke. 我的父母不允许我抽烟。
Her boss doesn’t allow her to use the telephone. 她的老板不允许她使用电话。
（2）allow doing sth. 意为“允许做……”。例如：
We don’t allow eating in the classrooms. (我们)不允许在教室吃东西。
（3）be allowed to do sth. 意为“被允许做某事”。例如：
Teenagers should be allowed to make their own decisions.
青少年应该被允许自己做决定。
7. However, the boys don’t get along, and have trouble keeping the peace.
（1）have trouble doing sth. 意为“做某事有困难”，这时 trouble 可以用 difficulty 来代替。
例如：
I had no trouble finding his phone number. 我毫不费力就找到了他的电话号码。
Did you have any trouble getting there? 你到那里有没有遇到什么困难？
（2）in trouble/get into trouble/get sb. into trouble意为“遇到困难；遇到麻烦”。例如：
He was in trouble with the Customs. 他在海关那里有了麻烦。
This will get you into trouble. 这件事将给你带来麻烦。
8. The book was published in 1954.
这个句子用了一般过去时的被动语态。
被动语态的结构是：be＋及物动词的过去分词。be 有人称、时态和单复数形式的变化。
各种时态的被动语态列表：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
时态 被动语态的结构
一般现在时 am/is/are＋过去分词
一般过去时 was/were＋过去分词
一般将来时 will/shall＋be＋过去分词
现在进行时 am/is/are＋being＋过去分词
现在完成时 have/has＋been＋过去分词
【拓展】
含有情态动词的被动语态：情态动词（can/may/must/should等）+ be +及物动词的过去分
词。例如：
Your homework must be handed in after school.
你们的家庭作业必须在放学后交上。
Can the tree be cut down?
那棵树能被砍倒吗？
【句式精练】
I. 句型转换，按要求完成下列句子。
1．The children will sing an English song．(改为被动语态)
An English song _______ _______ _______ by the children．
2．You needn’t do it now．(改为同义句)
It _______ _______ _______ by you now．
3．He made me do that for him．(改为被动语态)
I ________ _______ _______ _______ that for him．
4．Did they build a bridge here a year ago?(改为被动语态)
________ a bridge ________ here by them a year ago?
5．The light green dresses have been sold out by Tom．(改为主动语态)
Tom ________ ________out the light green dresses．
6．They will buy a car next week．(改成被动语态)
A car _______ _______ _______ by them next week．
7．Some trees have been planted by us in the mountain．(改成主动语态)
We _______ _______ some trees in the mountain．
8．The desk was made by Mr. Wang． (对划线部分提问)
_______ _______the desk _______ by?
9．to, Mary’s, invited, to, go, he, be, party, won’t (连词成句)
10．Is parking allowed here? (作肯定回答)
_______，_______ _______．
II. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．这种产品的价格取决于它的质量。
The price of this kind of product ________ ________its quality．
2．你怎么看待《汤姆·索亚历险记》?
What do you ________ ________Tom Sawyer?
3．读书有助于我们了解人性。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Reading can ______ us _______ about human nature．
4．快点儿，该吃午饭了。
Hurry up! ________ ________ ________have lunch．
5．别让我做任何事!我只有想做时才能做好。
Don’t ________ me________ anything! I can only do something well when I want to．
6．待在家里，直到你妈妈回来。
Stay in your house ________ your mother ________ ________．
7．汤姆不得不完成 Polly 婶婶给他的工作。
Tom ________ ________ finish the work Aunt Polly gave him．
8．我们应该彼此分享学习经验。
We should ________ learning experience ________ each other．
9．许多人被邀请去参加汤姆的生日聚会。
Many people ________ ________to take part in Tom’s birthday party．
10．这本书是关于如何变魔术的。
The book is about how to ________ ________．
III. 补全对话。
（2015 年湖南省益阳市中考）
A：Hello，Bob．I called you yesterday afternoon，but there was no reply．
B：Sorry，I didn’t take my phone with me．
A： 1
B：I was in a bookstore．
A： 2
B：I was choosing some books．
A： 3
B：Yes，I did．I bought some books about folk stories．
A：Folk stories? I like them very much． 4
B：Yes．You can borrow one or two from me．But why not buy some for yourself? I can go with
you to the bookstore．
A：Good idea．Thank you very much．
B： 5
【参考答案】
I. 句型转换，按要求完成下列句子。
1．will be sung 2．needn’t be done 3．was made to do 4．Was，built
5．has sold 6．will be bought 7．have planted 8．Who was, made
9．He won’t be invited to go to Mary’s party. 10．Yes，it is
II. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．depends on 2．think of 3．help，learn 4．It’s time to
5．make，do 6．until，comes back 7．had to 8．share，with
9．are／were invented 10．do magic
III. 补全对话。
1．Where were you?
2．What were you doing?
3．Did you buy any books?
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
4．Can/Could I borrow some from you?/Can you lend some to me?
5．You’re welcome．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 2 Books
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择
1．—Must I finish the work today?
—No，you ________．
A．can’t B．needn’t C．mustn’t D．shouldn’t
2．I ________ the newspaper and didn’t find anything interesting．
A．looked through B．looked after C．tried on D．tried out
3．—Tell me something about the new library．
—It ________ last year and it has a lot of books．
A．builds B．built C．is built D．was built
4．—How long may I _______ your dictionary?
—For one week．But it mustn’t _______ to others．
A．keep；be lent B．borrow；lend
C．lend；be borrowed D．have；borrow
5. More green parks ________ in my hometown in the future．
A．build B．are built C．will be built D．will build
6. With the development of modern industry，there will be ________ living space for wild animals．
A．fewer and fewer B．less and less C．more and more D．bigger and bigger
7． Now，people have more free time．Square Dancing is becoming more and more ________.
A．comfortable B．difficult C．different D．popular
8．—I _______ my homework at eight last night．What about you?
—I was reading books．
A．am doing B．will do C．have done D．was doing
9．I _______ the book club last week and I _______ two books already．
A．join；read B．joined；read C．joined；have read D．joined；has read
10．The story of this book _______ how young people love each other．
A．tell B．tells C．telling D．told
[真题链接]
1．—Mum，shall we go to the beach tomorrow?(2015 年广东省中考)
—It _______ the weather．
A．carries on B．lives on C．depends on D．holds on
2．—China’s hot words，like tuhao，dama and renxing，_______ widely in the Western media(媒
体)last year．(2015 年湖北省鄂州市中考)
—Really?
A．use B．are used C．used D．were used
3． You ______ return the book now．You can keep it until next week if you like．(2015 年青岛
市中考)
A．have to B．can’t C．mustn’t D．needn’t
II. 阅读理解
A
(2015 年湖南省娄底市中考)
Good books are like wise friends．They support you to walk forward，and help you
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
understand the world．TIME listed three best books of 2014 for teens．Have you read all of them?
Names of Books Writers Stories
This One Summer Jillian Every summer，Rose goes with her parents to a lake
Tamaki & house ． It’s their relaxing time ． But this summer is
Mariko different．Rose’s parents keep fighting．Rose meets a local
Tamaki， teen．But later he is caught up in something bad．It’s really a
Canada summer of sorrow(悲伤) and growing up．
The Fourteenth Ellie has never liked change．She misses everything in
Goldfish the past，especially her dearly dead goldfish．Then one day a
Jennifer L.
strange boy who looks like Ellie’s grandfather shows
Holm，the
up．He’s always obsessed(着迷的) with immortality(永
US
生)．Has he finally found the secret to immortality with
Ellie?
Absolutely Almost Albie has always been an“almost”．He’s almost good at
everything．In fact，Albie has a long list of the things he’s not
Lisa Graff，
very good at．But when Albie meets Calista，she helps him
the US
work out all of the things he is not good at．What will happen
to this “almost” boy?
1．What are good books like?
A．Parents．
B．Brothers and sisters．
C．Wise friends．
2．What’s the difference for Rose this summer?
A．She loses something important．
B．She can’t meet her friend．
C．Her parents keep fighting．
3．If you’re interested in the secret to immortality(永生)，you can read _______．
A．This One Summer
B．The Fourteenth Goldfish
C．Absolutely Almost
4．The book Absolutely Almost is written by ______．
A．Jillian Tamaki
B．Jennifer L. Holm
C．Lisa Graff
B
阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题。
Have you ever had problems in your life and don ’t know how to be happy? If so ，you will
find Being a Happy Teenager by Australian writer Andrew Matthews is useful．
Andrew Matthews is a writer，cartoonist and speaker．His books have been translated into 20
languages．He has been on over 2，000 radio and TV programmes．
In his book，Matthews tells us how to have a happy life and answers the questions of
teenagers．
There are many topics such as parents and friends ，and the book says we should stop being
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
angry and forgive．The book tells us a lot of useful skills ，such as how to put what you have
learned into pictures of your mind to make your memory better．Many teenagers think that
happiness comes from a good exam mark or praise from other people．But you can still be happy
when there are no such“good” things．
Success comes from a good attitude．If you learn from problems you will have success in the
future．
Some school boys have problems，such as being too tall or too short．But Matthews tells us
happiness comes from thinking about things in a positive way．
If you are tall，people notice you and you can get a better view at the movie．If you are short，
your clothes and shoes take less room in your bedroom．This is Matthews’s most important lesson
—you choose to be happy．
5．Is Andrew Matthews a writer?
__________________________________
6．How many languages have his books been translated into?
__________________________________
7．What does Matthews tell the teenagers in his book?
__________________________________
8．According to the writer，what does success come from?
_________________________________
9．What is the passage mainly about?
_________________________________
III. 书面表达
某英文报为了了解中学生的课外阅读情况，在广大中学生中做调查。请根据下面图表信
息写一篇短文，介绍课外阅读的益处、你的课外阅读情况及阅读计划。
提示：
1．短文应包括图表中的全部信息，条理清楚，行文连贯；
2．短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3．词数不少于 80，开头已给出，不计入总词数。
Reading Outside Class
As we all know，reading has a lot of
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
benefits．________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．B。考查情态动词。以 must 开头的一般疑问句，其否定回答用 needn’t。
2．A。考查动词短语辨析。look through 浏览；look after 照顾；try on 试穿；try out 试验。
句意：我浏览了一下报纸，没发现任何有趣的事。
3．D。考查被动语态。新图书馆是在去年被建造的，用一般过去时的被动语态。
4. A。考查持续性动词和被动语态。句意：——我能借这本字典多长时间？——一周，但
是不能借给别人。how long 表示对一段时间提问，所以要用持续性动词，故排除 B，C。lend
借出，borrow 借入。it 作主语，是动作的承受者，要用被动语态形式，排除D。故选 A。
5．C。考查被动语态。将来更多的绿色公园会被建造，用一般将来时的被动语态。
6．B。考查形容词比较级的用法。两个相同的比较级连用表示“越来越……”。由句意可知
选 B。
7．D。考查形容词比较级的用法。more and more popular越来越受欢迎。
8．D。考查动词的时态。表示昨天晚上八点时正在做的事情用过去进行时。
9．C。考查动词时态辨析。句意：上周我加入了读书俱乐部，而且我已经读了两本书。“上
周”是过去的时间，所以谓语动词用一般过去时，already“已经”，通常和现在完成时连用，
故选 C。
10. B。考查动词时态。句意：这本书的故事告诉我们，年轻人怎样相爱。根据题意可知，
句子缺少谓语动词，故排除选项 C，telling 为非谓语动词。A、B 选项为一般现在时；D 选
项为一般过去时。主语为 story，是单数名词，故选 B。
[真题链接]
1．C。考查短语辨析。carries on 继续进行；lives on 继续存在着；depends on 取决于；holds
on 坚持。
2．D。考查被动语态。中国的热词去年被广泛使用，用一般过去时的被动语态。
3．D。考查情态动词。句意：你不必现在归还这本书，如果你喜欢，你可以下周再还。have
to 必须；can’t 不能；mustn’t 表示禁止；needn’t 不必。
II. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．C。事实细节题。文章开头即指出，好书就像挚友。
2．C。事实细节题。第一本书提到了Rose，在这个夏季她的父母总吵架。
3．B。事实细节题。The Fourteenth Goldfish 这本书提到了永生。
4．C。事实细节题。Absolutely almost 的作者是 Lisa Graff。
B 篇
5．Yes，he is．
6．20 languages．
7．How to have a happy life．
8．A good attitude．
9．Andrew Matthews and his book．
III. 书面表达。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
参考范文：
As we all know，reading has a lot of benefits．It can open up our eyes because books are full
of knowledge，and it makes us wiser and richer in life．I like reading newspapers and magazines，
from which I can get lots of fun and learn about what ’s going on around the world ．I also read
storybooks and novels in my spare time，which makes me relaxed and happy．I seldom read
e-books because they’re bad for eyes．On weekends，I usually spend a whole afternoon reading in
the library．And I also read for about half an hour before going to bed every night．
The summer vacation is coming．I plan to do more reading．I am going to read more classics
and more English books to improve my language skills．I’m sure reading can make a difference to
my life．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
被动语态
【概念引入】
一、含有被动语态的名言欣赏
Life is measured by thought and action, not by time.
衡量生命的尺度是思想和行动，而不是时间长短。
Men are known by his companions.
观其友而知其人。
Rome was not built in a day.
罗马不是一天建成的。
A friend without fault will never be found.
没有缺点的朋友永不可得。
二、被动语态的概念
英语的语态是通过动词形式的变化表现出来的。英语中有两种语态：主动语态和被动语态。
主动语态表示主语是动作的执行者。
Many people speak Chinese. 许多人说汉语。
谓语 speak 的动作是由主语 many people 来执行的。
被动语态表示主语是动作的承受者，即行为动作的对象。
Chinese is spoken by many people. 汉语被许多人说。
主语 Chinese 是动词 speak 的承受者。
【用法讲解】
一、被动语态结构【Passive Voice 与时态】
一般现在时：am / is / are +及物动词的过去分词
You are wanted on the phone. 有你的电话。
一般过去时：was / were +及物动词的过去分词
China was liberated in 1949. 1949 年中国解放。
一般将来时：will / shall be +及物动词的过去分词
The problem will be discussed tomorrow.
明天将对这个问题进行讨论。
现在完成时：have / has been +及物动词的过去分词
Not a book in the library has been taken away. 图书馆里没有一本书被人拿走。
现在进行时：am / is / are being +及物动词的过去分词
My bike is being repaired. 我的自行车正在修理。
过去完成时：had been +及物动词的过去分词
The book had been borrowed when I got to the library.
我到了图书馆时,那本书已经借出去了。
二、主动语态与被动语态的转换
1）把主动语态的宾语变为被动语态的主语。
2）把谓语变为被动结构（be＋过去分词）
注意：根据被动语态句子里的主语的人称和数，以及原来主动语态句子中动词的时态来决
定 be 的形式。
3）把主动语态中的主语放在介词by 之后作宾语，将主格改为宾格。
All the people laughed at him. 所有人都嘲笑他。
→He was laughed at by all people.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
They make the bikes in the factory. 他们在那家工厂制造自行车。
→ The bikes are made by them in the factory.
He cut down a tree. 他砍倒了一棵树。
→ A tree was cut down by him.
4）含有情态动词的被动语态
含有情态动词的主动句变成被动句时，由“情态动词＋be＋过去分词”构成。
Little Tom can work out this maths problem easily. 小汤姆能容易地做出这道数学题。
→ This maths problem can be easily work out by little Tom.
They should do it at once. 他们应该立刻做那件事。
→It should be done at once.
5) 含有双宾语的主动语态变为被动语态
主动语态的双宾语句式: 主语+谓语动词+间接宾语+直接宾语+其他
被动语态的双宾语句式: 间接宾语+be+过去分词+直接宾语+其他
或:直接宾语+be +过去分词+介词(for / to)+间接宾语+其他
My father gave me a new book on my birthday.
我的父亲在我生日那天给我一本新书。
→ I was given a new book on my birthday (by my father).
→ A new book was given to me on my birthday (by my father).
My father bought me a new computer yesterday.
我的父亲昨天给我买了一台新电脑。
→ I was bought a newcomputer yesterday (by my father).
→ A new computer was bought for me yesterday (by my father)
6) 带有复合宾语的主动语态变为被动语态
带有复合宾语(宾语+宾语补足语)的主动语态变为被动语态时,只把宾语变为被动语态的
主语,原来的宾语补足语不动。
His teacher found him a very good pupil. 他的老师发现他是一个很好的学生。
→ He was found a verygood pupil by his teacher.
7) 在主动句中, let, make, see, hear等动词后作宾补的动词不定式不带to,但在被动句中,则要
还原 to。
Linda’s parents make her practice the piano every Sunday.
→Linda is made to practice the piano every Sunday.
8) 有些及物动词如 have(有), reach, cost 等, 以及有些联系动词如 smell, taste, sound, feel 等,
不用于被动语态。
【误】 Five dollars is cost by this book.
【正】 This book costs five dollars. 这本书花费五美元。
【误】 The food is tasted nice.
【正】 The food tastes nice. 这种食物尝起来很好。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
被动语态
【巩固练习】
I.把下列主动语态的句子变为被动语态的句子。
1. Do you sweep the floor every day?
_________________________________________
2. Did people in the old days grow tea?
______________________________________________
3. We have learned Lesson 60.
______________________________________________
4. We can’t seemany of the stars.
______________________________________________
5. China has sent up man-made satellites into space.
______________________________________________
6. They will plant the trees tomorrow.
______________________________________________
7. I see him go to school every day.
______________________________________________
8. Our teacher made us close our eyes in the game.
______________________________________________
II. 使用被动语态翻译下列句子。
1.我们不把英语当作第一语言使用。
_____________________________________________
2. 这些电视机是 1990 年日本出产的。
_____________________________________________
3.法国人说英语还是法语?
_____________________________________________
4.中国什么地方生产盐?
_____________________________________________
5. 这些树可以被种在道路的两边。
_____________________________________________
6. 每天早晨都能听到小鸟唱歌的声音。
_____________________________________________
7. 世界被变成了一个更小的地方。
_____________________________________________
III. 单项选择。
1. Look! A big modern building _________ in our city.
A. is built B. is being built
C. has been built D. is building
2. Your bike can’t ______ there.
A. be put B. is put C. be putted D. putted
3. Mary _______ the song at a party.
A. heard sing B. was heard sing
C. heard to sing D. was heard to sing
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
4. ______ trees usually _______ in April?
A. Have, planted B. Are, planted
C. have, been planted D. Do, planted
5. My room _______ tomorrow.
A. is cleaned B. be cleaned C. will be cleaned D. is cleaning
6. When ______ your school ________?
A. did, built B. was， built C. is， built D. was， building
7. The window of our house _______ once a week.
A. have been cleaned B. is cleaned C. are cleaned D. are cleaning
8. The sick girl _______ to the hospital at once.
A. must send B. be must sent C. must be sent D. be sent
9. Many books on science _____ since I went to college.
A. were bought B. have been bought
C. will be bought D. are bought
10. People have come to know that their health must ______.
A. pay more attention B. pay more attention to
C. be paid more attention D. be paid more attention to
11. A beautiful picture ____ the children in the classroom.
A. was shown to B. was shown C. were shown to D. were shown
12. A new bike ____ Tom tomorrow.
A. will lend B. will lent C. will be lent D. will be lent to
13. Some eggs and a glass of milk ____ the Frenchman.
A. have been brought to B. has been brought to
C. have been brought D. has been brought
14. Miss White said she ____ some beautiful coats in the shop.
A. had been show B. has been shown
C. had been shown to D. had been shown
15. Jack ____ answer the question in French.
A. asked to B. was ask C. was asked D. was asked to
【真题链接】
1. The novel ______ by many people today. (2015 天津中考)
A. is read B. are read C. reads D. were read
2.These model cars ____ in China in 2013.(2015 北京中考)
A. are made B. were made C. make D. made
3. — How clean your car is! (2015 重庆中考 A 卷)
— Thank you. It ____ very often.
A. is washed B. washes C. was washed D. washed
4. When you ______ a difficult task, try to continue with it and finish it.(2015 沈阳中考)
A. give B. are giving C. gave D. are given
5. We to start at once, or we will miss the train.(2015 青岛中考)
A. tell B. have told C. are told D. told
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
IV. 看图完成下列对话。
A: What’s that? It looks strange.
B: It’s an old machine.
A: What 1 it used 2 ?
B: It 3 4 for getting water from a river or a lake.
A: How did it work?
B: Usually two people stood on it. They pushed the pedals(踏
板 )down hard with their feet. Then 5 could 6
brought up.
A: What 7 it made 8 ?
B: I think it 9 10 11 wood. It can 12 hardly
seen in China now.
【答案与解析】
I. 把下列主动语态的句子变为被动语态的句子。
1. Is the floor swept（by you）every day?
2. Was tea grown by people in the old days?
3. Lesson 60 has been learned by us.
4. Many of the stars can’t be seen by us.
5. Man-made satellites have been sent up into space by China.
6. The trees will be planted tomorrow.
7. He is seen to go to school every day.
9. We were made to close our eyes in the game.
II. 使用被动语态翻译下列句子。
1. English isn’t used as our first language.
2. The TV sets were made in Japan in 1990.
3. Is English or French spoken by Frenchmen?
4. Where is salt produced in China?
5. These trees can be planted at the sides of the road.
6. The birds are heard to sing every morning.
7. The world is made to be a much smaller place.
III. 单项选择。
1. B。本句结构为：现在进行时的被动语态。句意为“在我们城里，一座现代化的楼房正在
被建”。
2.A。本句结构为：含有情态动词的被动语态。句意为“你的自行车不能被放在那”。
3.D。本句结构为：一般过去时的被动语态。此句中复合宾语的不定式to 不能省略。句意为
“玛丽被听到在宴会上唱歌”。
4.B。本句结构为：一般现在时的被动语态。句意为“植树通常是在四月份吗？”。
5.C。本句结构为：一般将来的被动语态。句意为“我的房间将在明天被清扫”。
6.B。本句结构为：一般过去时的被动语态。句意为“你们学校是什么时候被建造的？”。
7.B。本句结构为：一般现在时的被动语态，且主语是单数，用be 动词 is。句意为“我们房
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
子的窗户一周被清洗一次”。
8.C。本句结构为：情态动词的被动语态。句意为“那个生病的女孩必须马上被送到医院”。
9.B。本句结构为：现在完成时的被动语态。句意为“自从我上大学，已经买了许多关于科
学的书”。
10.D。本句结构为：情态动词的被动语态，这里 pay attention to 是固定搭配，它的宾语是
health。句意为“人们已经渐渐意识到必须关注他们的健康”。
11.A。本句结构为：一般过去时的被动语态。句意为“一张漂亮的图片被出示给教室里的孩
子们”。
12.D。本句结构为：一般将来时的被动语态。句意为“明天一辆新的自行车将被借给汤姆”。
13.A。本句结构为：现在完成时的被动语态。句意为“一些鸡蛋和一杯牛奶已经被带给了那
个法国人”。
14.D。本句的主句是过去时，所以宾语从句要用过去完成时的被动语态。句意为“怀特小姐
说她在商店里被出示了一些漂亮的上衣”。
15.D。本句结构为：一般过去时的被动语态。句意为“杰克被要求用法语回答问题”。
【真题链接】
1. A。主语是 the novel，所以谓语要用单数形式，所以排除答案B 和 D；题中出现明显时间
词 today，所以时态应为一般现在时。故答案为A。
2. B。句意：这些模型汽车是中国2013 年制造的。由时间状语 in 2013 可知时态为一般过去
时，model cars 与动词 make 之间为被动关系。故选 B。
3. A。解析：句意：——你的车真干净。——谢谢，它经常清洗。根据often 可知，应用一
般现在时；车应该是被洗，所以用被动语态。故选A 项。
4. D。句意：“当你被给一项艰巨的任务时，试图继续做并完成它。”give sb. sth.改成被动是
sb. be given sth.；根据语境，故选 D。
5. C。句意：“我们被告知立刻出发，否则将赶不上火车。”根据句意可知，主语 we 不是动
作的执行者，而是动作的承受者，因此要使用被动语态。
IV. 看图完成下列对话。
1.was 2.for 3.was 4.used 5.water 6.be
7.was 8. of 9.was 10. made 11.of 12.be
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 3 Creativity
词句精讲精练
【词汇精讲】
1. as well as…
（1）as well as 用作表示比较的连词短语，引导比较状语从句，意为“和……一样好”。
例如：
David looks as well as he did three years ago.
大卫看上去和三年前一样好。
She sings as well as she dances.
她唱歌唱得和跳舞跳得一样好。
（2）as well as 意为“也”，可以用来连接两个相同的成分，如名词，形容词等，但强调的
重点在前面。例如：
I am good at maths as well as English．
我擅长英语，也擅长数学。
He likes reading as well as dancing.
他喜欢读书，也喜欢跳舞。
（3）as well as 连接两个主语时，谓语动词的形式与其前的主语保持一致。例如：
Helen as well as I is watching TV now.
现在我和海伦正在看电视。
Tom as well as his parents has been to China.
汤姆和他的父母们去过中国。
2. hundred
hundred 是数词，意为“百”，当表示具体的“几百”时，用“基数词 + hundred”，注意不
加-s。例如：
There are nine hundred students in our school. 我们学校有 900 名学生。
【拓展】
（1）hundreds of 表示“数百，成百上千的”这时hundred 后要加-s，且后面有介词of，但
是不能与数词连用。例如：
There are hundreds of people in the restaurant.
在餐馆里有成百上千的人。
（2）表示数词的还有 thousand“千”，million“百万”，billion“十亿”。它们的用法和 hundred
一样，可以用来表示约数和确数。例如：
The Great Wall was built thousands of years ago.
长城是数千年前建成的。
3. absent
absent 作形容词，意为“缺席的；缺少的”，多作表语。be absent from 意为“缺席……”。
例如：
She was absent from the sports meeting because of illness.
由于生病，她缺席了运动会。
He was absent from school yesterday.
他昨天没有到校。
4. because
because 意为“因为”，表示直接原因。它所指的原因通常是听话人所不知道的，其语气最
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
强。常用来回答 why 的提问，
I stayed at home because it rained. 因为下雨我待在家里。
Because Lingling was ill, she didn’t come to school. 玲玲因病没有上学。
— Why is she absent? 她为什么缺席?
— Because she is sick. 因为她病了。
【拓展】because 和 because of 的辨析：
because 是连词，其后接句子；because of 是复合介词，其后接名词、代词、动名词、what 从
句等。例如：
I didn’t buy it because it was too expensive. 我没有买是因为它太贵了。
He lost his job because of his age. 由于年龄关系他失去了工作。
He knew she was crying because of what he had said. 他知道她哭是因为他说的话。
5. not only...but also...
（1）not only...but also...的意思是“不但……而且……”，连接两个并列成分，如果连接两
个主语的时候，谓语动词和also后面的主语保持一致。例如：
Not only my mother but also I like to go to the garden.
不仅妈妈而且我也喜欢去花园。
（2）以not only…but also...开头的句子往往引起倒装。例如：
Not only did he complain about the food, but also he refused to pay for it.
他不但抱怨饭不好吃，而且拒绝付饭钱。
6. a number of
a number of 意为“许多”，后面接可数名词的复数形式，谓语动词用复数形式。number 前
面可以用 large，great，small 等修饰，构成 a large number of; a small number of 等。例如：
I have a number of letters to write. 我有许多信件要写。
A large number of students in our school are from the countryside.
我们学校许多学生来自农村。
A small number of students in our class went swimming yesterday.
昨天我们班一小部分学生去游泳了。
【拓展】
the number of 意为“……的数量”，后接可数名词复数，谓语动词用单数形式。例如：
The number of people speaking Chinese is larger than that of those speaking English.
说汉语的人数要大于说英语的人数。
7. interest
（1）interest 可以作名词，意为“兴趣，爱好”。常有如下表达：
take/show an interest in 对……感兴趣
have an interest in 对……有兴趣
lose an interest in 对……失去兴趣
find (no) interest in 发觉对……（没）有兴趣
例如：
The boy takes an interest in singing. 那个男孩对唱歌感兴趣。
My sister found no interest in studying. 我妹妹对学习没有兴趣。
（2）interest 还可以做动词，意为“使……感兴趣”。例如：
He interested me in outdoor sports. 他使我对户外运动产生了兴趣。
【拓展】
interest; interesting 与 interested 的辨析：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
interest 名词/动词 兴趣；爱好；使……感兴趣
interesting 形容词 有趣的；令人感兴趣的，多用
来修饰物
interested 形容词 多用来修饰人，常用于 be
interested in“对……感兴趣”
例如：
The film is interesting. 那部电影引人入胜。
The little girl is interested in books. 那个小女孩对书感兴趣。
8. carry, take, bring与fetch
这四个词都和“拿、取”有关，但要注意他们之间的区别：
（1）carry 意为“提、扛、搬、携带”，意思较多，但没有方向性。例如：
Will you please carry the box for me? 你替我扛那个箱子好吗？
Li Dong is carrying water. 李东在提水。
（2）take 意为“带走”，指把某物或某人从说话的地方带到另一个地方去，也可以说是“由
近及远”，常和介词 to 构成搭配。例如：
You can take this book home.
你可以把这本书带回家。
Can you help me take the books to the classroom?
你能帮我把这些书带到教室去吗？
（3）bring 意为“带来，拿来”，指把某物或某人从另一个地方带到说话的地方来，也可以
说是“由远及近”。 例如：
Bring me your dictionary tomorrow.
明天把你的词典给我拿来。
（4）fetch 意为“去取来，去拿来”，相当于“to go and get and bring back ”，首先去一个地
方，再把东西拿来的意思，强调“去某个地方拿来”。例如：
Please fetch some chairs from the next room.
请到隔壁房间拿几把椅子来。
9. come true
come true 意为“（理想、梦想等）实现”。come 作系动词，表示“变得”，其后常接一些
表示好的、积极的形容词，如：true; right 等。例如：
Your dream will come true if you work hard.
如果你努力工作，你的梦想会实现的。
【辨析】come true 与 realize
come true 和 realize 均可表示“实现”之意，但come true 的主语常是物或事，如：愿望、
理想、目标等。realize 是及物动词，其主语常是人。例如：
His wish to be an actor has come true.
他想当演员的愿望实现了。
She realized her dream finally.
她最终实现了她的梦想。
10. come up with
（1）come up with 意为“赶上”。例如：
We came up with a group of tourists.
我们赶上了一群旅游者。
（2）come up with 意为“(针对问题等)想出；提供”。例如：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
He came up with good ideas for the examination.
他想出了准备考试的好方法。
He could not come up with a proper answer.
他想不出一个合适的回答。
（3）come up with 意为“准备好(钱等)”。例如：
You must come up with the money by tomorrow night.
你明晚之前必须准备好钱。
11. invent
（1）invent 作动词，意为“发明；创造”。例如：
Edison invented the light bulb. 爱迪生发明了电灯。
（2）invent 还可以表示“虚构”。例如：
The whole story was invented. 整个故事是虚构的。
（3）invent 的名词形式有两个，一个是 inventor（发明者；发明家），另一个是 invention（发
明物）。例如：
Edison is a great inventor in history.
爱迪生是历史上伟大的发明家。
Human history is also a history of great inventions.
人类的历史也是一个伟大发明的历史。
【拓展】
invent 和 discover 辨析
（1）invent 意为“发明，发明之物”，指“从无到有”。例如：
Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone in 1876.
亚历山大·格雷厄姆·贝尔在 1876 年发明了电话。
（2）discover 意为“发现”，指“本来就已经存在，但不为人知”的事物。例如：
Columbus discovered America in 1492.
哥伦布在 1492 年发现了美洲。
12. connect
connect 动词，意为“连接，把……连接起来”。connect...with…表示“把……和……连
接起来”。例如：
Please connect this wire with that one.
请把这根电线和那根电线连接起来。
【拓展】
connect...to…表示“把……连接到……上”。例如：
I connect the computer to the Internet.
我把电脑连到因特网上。
【词汇精练】
I. 短语互译。
1．the number of ..._______________ 2．because of__________________
3．be interested in________________ 4．not only...but also_____________
5．数以百计的__________________ 6．也_________________________
7．想出__________________ 8．cut down____________________
9．偶然____________________ 10．come true____________________
II. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
1．I’m afraid we have to c_______ the meeting．
2．A number of useful _______(发明)，such as smartphones，have changed our lives．
3．Tom has gone to Italy，so he is a _______ from the meeting．
4．Inner Mongolia lies in the n_______ part of China．
5．Qian Xuesen is one of the greatest ______(开拓者) of China’s space technology．
6．I d_______ with Lucy；we have different opinions on the problem．
7．To stop the serious pollution，we should stop _______ _______ (砍伐) trees．
8．Now more and more teenagers p_______ the old with seats on the bus．
9．It was in great d_______ to keep the babies in the car alone．
10．I wonder who is the o_______ of the car．
III. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. He is one of the most popular ________ (teacher) in our school.
2. She is ________ (know) as the kindest girl in her family.
3. There is a big ________ (different ) between Chinese and English.
4. He was not afraid ________ (go) out at night.
5. All his inventions are ________ (amaze).
6. He invented flying machines, he was a great ________ (invent).
IV. 用方框内所给词组完成句子，每个词组只能用一次。
come true, as a result, between...and, not only...but also,
because of, come up with, as well as, give up
1．Da Vinci is _______ a painter _______ a scientist．
2．A person should follow his own dream and try to make it ______．
3．He had an accident，_______ he lost his arms．
4．There is big difference ______ English _______ Chinese．
5．Teachers told us not to _______ until we climbed up to the top．
6．Let’s ______ a plan to have a good summer holiday．
7．Judy likes dancing，singing ______ drawing．
8．The sports meeting was put off _______ the heavy rain．
V. 听力链接。
（2015 年上海市中考）
Listen to the dialogue and tell whether the following statements are true or fals（e 判断下列句
子是否符合你听到的对话内容，符合的用“T”表示，不符合的用“F”表示）
15．The boy went to a store to choose a mobile phone for his mum.
16．With the help of the shop assistant, the boy knew how the phone worked.
17．The price of the white phone was too high for the boy.
18．The white phone couldn’t be used to send emails or play games.
19．At last, the boy bought a phone of the same model as theshop assistant’s.
20．This dialogue is about whether a student should buy an expensive phone or not.
【参考答案】
I. 短语互译。
1．……的数量 2．因为 3．对……感兴趣 4．不但……而且……
5．hundreds of 6．as well as 7．come up with 8．减少，砍倒
9．by accident 10．实现
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
II. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1. cancel 2. inventions 3. absent 4. northern 5. pioneers
6. disagree 7. cutting down 8. provide 9. danger 10. owner
III. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. teachers 2. known 3. difference 4. to go
5. amazing 6. inventor
IV. 用方框内所给词组完成句子，每个词组只能用一次。
1. not only, but also 2. come true 3. as a result 4. between, and
5. give up 6. come up with 7. as well as 8. because of
V. 听力链接。
15．F 16．T 17．T 18．F 19．T 20．F
听力材料
判断下列句子是否符合你听到的对话内容，符合的用 T 表示，不符合的用 F 表示。
W: Hello, what can I do for you?
M: I’d like to look at some mobile phones．
W: Sure, follow me, please．I’ll show you our latest models．
M: Thank you very much.
W: Are you buying a phone for yourself or someone else?
M: Just for myself.
W: I see．These models are all very popular at the moment．
M: I really like this white one．Can you show me how it works?
W: Yes, of course．Turn it on here．
M: Great, thanks．Ok．Has this phone got a music player and a camera?
W: Yes, it has.
M: How much is it?
W: 3,800 Yuan.
M: Wow! I am afraidI’ll have to check with my mum．I don’t think she’ll let spend that much.
W: Well, with this model, you can watch videos, play games and send E-mails.
M: Hum．I don’t think I’ll need all that．Shall I find some cheaper models?
W: Yes, please.
M: Could you show me something more basic?
W: That’s no problem .I’ll just put this back in the box．Now, what about this one?
M: Oh, I like this one.
W: Yeah, so do I．It has everything you need．And it’s a lot cheaper．Look! I’ve got one, too．
M: Ok, I’ll take it.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 3 Creativity
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择。
1．Rick has learned a lot about Chinese culture he came to China．
A．before B．when C．until D．since
2．—How many girls are there in your class?
—________ them _______ over twenty．
A．A number of；are B．The number of；are
C．A number of；is D．The number of；is
3．Is there ________ useful on science? I’m looking for information about this topic．
A．everything B．something C．anything D．nothing
4．—I think students should wear uniforms．
—_______．We look smarter in our own clothes．
A．I agree B．I disagree C．I think so D．I don’t know
5．I didn’t go surfing _______ it was too cold．
A．though B．so that C．because D. because of
6．—Look! Some people are running the red lights．
—We should wait _______ others are breaking the rule．
A．if B．unless C．although D．because
7．—Would you please provide us ______ some information about the school sports meeting?
—Sure．It’s said that it will start ______ the morning of September 20th．
A．for；on B．with：on C．for；in D．with：in
8．—Did you have a good time at the party?
—Yes．We sang _______ danced until late at night．
A．but B．if C．and D．so
9．Lin Shuhao is _______ famous _______ all the basketball fans in China know him．
A．too；to B．enough；to C．so；that D．as；as
10．—Will you be back before 10 o’clock?
—_______．The exam won’t be over until eleven．
A．I hope not B．Here you are C．I’m afraid not D．Best wishes
[真题链接]
1. You’d better wake up Tom at 6：30，_______ he will be late for the match．(2015 年山东德
州中考)
A．if B．or C．and D．but
2. —A new museum _______ in Shenyang in May．(2015 年辽宁葫芦岛中考)
—Great! Let’s go and visit it this summer．
A．built B．is built B．will be built D．was built
3. —Did you catch the first subway this morning?(2015 年湖北襄阳中考)
—No，I didn’t．It had started moving _______ I could get on it．
A．before B．since C．after D．as soon as
II. 完形填空。
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选
择最佳选项。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
How would you use a radio or a telephone if you had no electricity or batteries? These 1
bothered(使烦恼) British inventor Trevor Baylis．So in 1996 he 2 a windup(装有发条的)
radio．It doesn’t need electricity or batteries．You wind it up 3 hand．It plays for about an
hour．Then，you wind it up 4 ．Today it’s made in South Africa．
Then in 1999，Baylis invented a mobile telephone that is powered by 5 ．The shoes
contain(含有) a small battery that is powered when you 6 ．This battery is connected to a
mobile phone．These two simple inventions can bring modern 7 to all parts of the world．
Baylis doesn’t have a university degree in engineering．In 8 ，he left high school before
graduating(毕业)．He just loves 9 things to help people ．He never knows 10 ideas
will come to him．The idea for the telephone came to him in a dream．
1．A．dreams B．problems C．wonders D．wishes
2．A．invented B．improved C．borrowed D．copied
3．A．in B．at C．on D．by
4．A．then B．slowly C．again D．finally
5．A．sun B．shoes C．caps D．wind
6．A．sleep B．walk C．rest D．chat
7．A．communications B．exhibitions C．suggestions D．instructions
8．A．fact B．order C．need D．time
9．A．buying B．selling C．making D．collecting
10．A．while B．because C．unless D when
III. 阅读理解。
(2015 年北京丰台一模)
“People have been travelling by car for 100 years ．My invention is not done by the time
expected．”
Phil has invented a chemical toilet for cars．One size fits all cars and people．It is made from
recycled materials．“It never smells bad，”he says．Before used，it can be stored in the trunk．When
the toilet is full，an adult or child can compress(挤压) it into the size of a bowling ball．The waste
matter in the toilet is continuously being taken in by chemicals ．All the waste matter even turns
into a lot of dry crumbs．The toilet can be dropped into any trash can at any time．
Phil tested his invention while on a two-week vacation with his wife and four young kids．He
said that the kids loved it but his wife didn’t．
“Nothing on earth could make me use that disgusting thing!”she told him．He said to her
sincerely that he had invented the toilet mainly for women and kids．He needed a woman’s
encouragement so the toilet would sell．“No women would ever use this thing!”she answered．
“My wife is a prude(拘守礼仪的人)，”Phil said one day to Bret，his workmate．After much
thought，Phil finally figured out how to make his wife love his invention ：he made a pink toilet
covered with yellow flowers．“What more could a woman want? ”he asked while showing it to
Bret．Bret said it was a beautiful and practical gift．And since his wife’s birthday was the
following week，Bret ordered a toilet．“Your wife will remember this birthday forever!”Phil
promised Bret．
1．Who invented a chemical toilet for cars?
A．Phil． B．Bret． C．Phil’s wife． D．Bret’s wife．
2．What is the toilet made from?
A．Chemicals． B．Recycled materials．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
C．Waste matter． D．Dry crumbs．
3．Where can the toilet be stored before it is used?
A．In the trash can．
B．In the trunk．
C．Under the seat．
D．In the travelling bag．
4．Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A．Phil’s wife encouraged him to sell the toilet．
B．Phil’s four young kids refused to use the toilet．
C．Phil was sure that Bret’s wife would like the toilet．
D．Phil felt disappointed at the invention after the vacation．
IV. 阅读还原。
阅读短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。每个
选项只能用一次。
No one knows exactly when jazz was invented，or by whom．But it is said that it began in the
early 1900s．Jazz was a new kind of music，for America and the world，and New Orleans was its
birthplace．
Who were the jazz pioneers? 1 ．This music was not written down ，and at first only
blacks played it．It was hard for white musicians to learn the new style．But soon they，too，were
playing jazz．
2 ．From New Orleans，it travelled up the Mississippi to Chicago，then to Kansas City
and New York．By the 1920s，there were many jazz musicians，both blacks and whites．Many of
them were famous．One man was better than the rest．His name was Louis Armstrong．
3 ．He was not only talented but also hardworking．He also had a good sense of humor
and a big，good natured smile．These personal qualities were valuable in his rise to fame．After he
became famous，he traveled around the world．It seemed that everyone wanted to hear Louis play．
But life was not always easy，especially at the beginning．
Louis Armstrong was born in 1900 in New Orleans． 4 and his mother could hardly
read．When Louis was still a kid，his parents separated，and Louis lived with his mother．How hard
their life was can readily be imagined． 5 ．He later wrote，“My whole life has been
happiness．Life was there for me and I accepted it．Whatever happened has been beautiful to me．I
love everybody。”
A．And yet Louis smiled through everything
B．Louis Armstrong was a born musician
C．The popularity of this music spread
D．His father never went to school
E．Most were blacks
1．________ 2．________ 3．________ 4．________ 5．________
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．D。考查连词的用法。句意：自从 Rick 来到中国后，他学到了很多关于中国文化的知识。
2．D。考查主谓一致。a number of“许多的”，后面加可数名词复数，谓语动词用复数形式；
the number of“……的数量”，后面加可数名词复数，谓语动词用单数形式。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
3．C。考查不定代词的用法。anything 一般用在疑问句或否定句中，同时根据句意可知选 C。
4．B。上句句意：我认为学生应该穿校服。答语后一句句意：我们穿自己的衣服看起来更
时髦。由答语后一句推知，应答者不同意发话者的观点。故选B。
5．C。考查连词辨析。句意：我没去冲浪因为天太冷了。though 可是，虽然；so that 以便；
because 因为，后面跟原因状语从句；because of 因为，后面跟名词，代词或者动名词。根
据语境可知选 C。
6．C。考查连词辨析。答语句意：我们应该等待，即使别人在违反规则。前后句意构成“让
步”关系。故选 C。
7．B。考查介词用法。provide sb．with sth．给某人提供某物；在具体某一天的上午、下午、
晚上用介词 on。
8．C。考查连词辨析。but“但是”，是并列连词，表转折；if“假如，如果”，引导条件状
语从句；and“和，而且”，表示顺承或并列；so“所以”，表结果。句意：“你们在聚会中玩
得愉快吗?”“是的，我们又唱又跳直到深夜。”
9．C。考查连词的用法。too...to...“太……而不能……”；enough...to...“足够……可
以……”；so...that...“如此……以至于……”；as...as“与……一样”。句意“林书豪如
此出名，以至于在中国所有的篮球迷都知道他”。
10．C。考查情景交际。句意：——你 10 点前能回来吗?——恐怕不行，考试直到 11 点才
结束。由答语后一句推知，应答者在 10 点之前是不能回来的，其对发话者的问题应是做出
了否定回答。故选 C。
[真题链接]
1. B。考查连词的用法。句意：你最好六点半叫醒汤姆，否则他比赛将会迟到的。or 否则。
2. D。考查被动语态。本句的主语 A new museum 是动作 build 的承受者，应使用被动语态，
排除 A；从答语后一句意思知，第二个说话者准备这个夏天去参观这个博物馆，这说明，五
月已经过去，这个新博物馆在五月已经建成了。因此本句应用一般过去时态。故选D。
3. A。考查连词的用法。句意：——今天早晨你赶上第一班地铁了吗?——不，我没有。在
我能上去前它已经开始移动了。
II. 完形填空。
1．B。由句意可知，收音机或手机没电了就无法使用的问题困扰着英国发明家Trevor Baylis。
dream 梦想；problem 问题；wonder 奇迹；wish 希望。problems 与空后的 bothered 相呼应。
故选 B。
2．A。根据上句的 inventor 可知此处句意：因此在 1996 年，他发明了一种装有发条的收音
机。invent 发明；improve 改进，改善；borrow 借；copy 抄写，复制。根据句意选 A。
3．D。by hand 用手，为固定搭配。故选D。
4．C。then 然后；slowly 慢慢地；again 再，又；finally 最后。根据句意选 C。
5．B。 根据下句 The shoes contain…可知，这种手机是由鞋子供电的。sun 太阳；shoe 鞋子；
cap 帽子；wind 风。故选 B。
6．B。很显然，鞋子是穿在脚上用来走路的。sleep 睡觉；walk 步行；rest 休息；chat 聊天。
故选 B。
7．A。communication 通信；exhibition 展览；suggestion 建议；instruction 指示。根据常识
可知选 A。
8．A。in fact 事实上；in order 井然有序；in need 生活困难；in time 及时。故选 A。
9．C。Baylis 只是喜欢制造东西来帮助人们。buy 购买；sell 销售；make 制造；collect 收集。
根据语境可知选 C。
10．D。Baylis 从不知道想法何时降临。空格处引导宾语从句，故选D。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
III. 阅读理解。
1．A。事实细节题。在文章第二段第一句给出了chemical toilet的发明人：Phil。
2．B。事实细节题。文章第二段提到了该发明的制作原材料是可回收材料。
3．B。事实细节题。文章第二段提到Before used，it can be stored in the trunk．因此选 B。
4．C。事实推断题。通过“Your wife will remember this birthday forever! ”这句话可以看出
Phil 认为 Bret 的妻子会喜欢这个厕所的。
IV. 阅读还原。
1．E。由空前的疑问句 Who were the jazz pioneers?及下文中 at first only blacks played it知，
本空介绍的应是爵士音乐的先驱是黑人。故选E。
2．C。阅读本段知，本段介绍了爵士音乐从一个地方传播到另外一个地方以及爵士的音乐
人有黑人也有白人。由此可推知，本段主要说的是爵士音乐在各地的受欢迎度。故选C。
3．B。由上文 One man was better than the rest．His name was Louis Armstrong．及空后 He was
not only talented but also hardworking．可知，本段是在描述具有天赋的音乐人Louis Armstrong。
故选 B。
4．D。从空后 his mother could hardly read 可知，这里是在描述路易斯的父母都没有文化，
没有对 Louis Armstrong有多大的影响。故选 D。
5．A。由空后 Louis Armstrong写的 My whole life has been happiness．Life was there for me and
I accepted it．Whatever happened has been beautiful to me．I love everybody．知，Louis Armstrong
认为他的一生是幸福的。由此推知，路易斯面对逆境始终持乐观态度。故选A。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 3 Creativity
句式精讲精练
【句式精讲】
5. He is considered one of the greatest painters of all time.
“one of +the + 形容词最高级+复数名词/代词”，意为“最……之一”，当其作主语时，谓
语动词用单数形式。例如：
His brother is one of the tallest boys in the class.
他弟弟是这个班最高的男生之一。
The song is one of the most popular songs.
这首歌是最流行的歌之一。
【拓展】
“one of + 名词复数”表示“……之一”。one of 短语作主语时，谓语动词要用第三人
称单数形式。例如：
English is one of my favorite subjects.
英语是我最喜欢的科目之一。
One of my friends knows you.
我的一个朋友认识你。
6. Since many of da Vinci’s inventions were far ahead of their time....
since 在本句中作连词，意为“因为，由于，既然”，引导原因状语从句。例如：
Since I understood very little Japanese, I couldn’t follow the conversation.
我日语懂得不多，因而听不懂对话。
【拓展】because, since, as 辨析
（1）because 作从属连词，引导原因状语从句，语气最强，表示直接原因，回答why 提问
的问句。because 引导的原因状语从句一般放在主句之后，也可单独存在。例如：
He was late because he got up late. 他迟到了，因为他起床晚了。
—Why are you late? 你为什么来晚了？
—Because I missed the bus. 因为我错过了公共汽车。
（2）since 作从属连词，引导原因状语从句，语气较because 弱，意为“因为，既然”。侧
重主句，从句表示显然或已知的理由。since 引导的从句一般放在主句之前。例如：
Since everyone is here, let’s start.
既然大家都到齐了，我们就出发吧！
（3）as 作从属连词，意为“由于，鉴于”。语气最弱。例如：
As she is kind, we all like her. 因为她善良，我们都喜欢她。
3. Some think da Vinci wanted to keep his ideas secret as he wrote his diary in code.
动词 keep 的意思是“保持”，后常接形容词、副词、名词、动名词作宾语补足语，意为“使
某物保持某种状态”的意思。例如：
You keep me waiting for half an hour.
你让我等了半个小时。
【拓展】keep 用法小结
（1）keep 用作及物动词，意为“保存；保留；保守”。例如：
Could you keep these letters for me, please?
你能替我保存这些信吗？
I’ll keep a seat for you. 我给你留个座位。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Can you keep a secret? 你能保守秘密吗？
（2）keep 用作连系动词,后常接表语形容词，意为“保持处于某种状态”。例如：
You must look after yourself and keep healthy.
你必须照顾好自己，保持身体健康。
She knew she must keep calm. 她知道她必须保持镇静。
（3）keep 的常用句型：
1）keep doing sth. 意为“继续干某事”，表示不间断地持续干某事，后须接延续性的动
词。例如：
He kept working all day, because he wanted to finish the work on time.
他整天都在不停地工作，因为他想准时完成工作。
2）keep on doing sth. 意为“持续做某事”。例如：
The pupil kept on asking me the same question.
这个学生不断地问我同一个问题。
3）keep...from doing sth.意为“阻止/防止……做某事”。例如：
The heavy snow kept us from going out.
大雪使我们不能出去。
4. I think we should cut down on the number of new inventions.
cut down 意为“减少”。例如：
You should cut down smoking. 你应该减少抽烟。
We don’t know how to cut down traffic accidents.
我们不知道怎么减少交通事故。
5. They can look after our homes.
look after 是动词短语，意为“照顾、照料”， 后接名词或者代词做宾语。例如：
Please look after the little boy. 请照顾一下这个小孩儿。
look after 与词组 take care of 同义。look after...well=take good care of...，意为“好好照
看……”。例如：
You must look after the cat well. = You must take good care of the cat.
你必须好好照顾这只猫。
6. That’s why we need more new inventions to deal with problems like pollution.
deal with 意为“处理，解决”，with 为介词，其后常接 trouble，problem 等词。例如：
I am good at dealing with pressure．我善于应付压力。
deal with 还可意为“与……打交道，与……做买卖”，此时，主语通常是表示人、公司、
商店等的名词。例如：
They have learned to deal with various persons.
他们学会了和各种人打交道。
【拓展】
deal with 与 do with 二者都有“处理，对付”之意。
（1）deal with 侧重“方式、方法”，常与 how 连用。例如：
How are you going to deal with the TV set?
你打算怎么处理这台电视机?
（2）do with 侧重“对象”，往往与 what 搭配使用。例如：
What are you going to do with the camera you found?
你打算怎么处理你找到的那部照相机？
7. After some thinking, Greenwood ... asked his grandfather to sew fur on them.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
ask sb to do sth. 意为“要求某人做某事”，其否定形式为 ask sb not to do sth. ，意为“要
求某人不要做某事”。例如：
He asked me to help him. 他要求我帮助他。
My father asked me not to play computer games. 我爸爸要求我不要玩电脑游戏。
【拓展】
（1）ask sb. sth.“问某人某事”。例如：
Can I ask you some questions? 我能问你一些问题吗？
（2）ask sb. for sth.“向某人要某物”。例如：
If you don’t find the way to the school, please ask a policeman for help.
如果你找不到去学校的路，请向警察求助。
（3）ask sb. about sth.意为“询问某人有关某事；向某人打听某事”。例如：
My father often calls me up and asks me about my study.
爸爸经常给我打电话，询问我的学习情况。
8. ...10-year-old Kathryn Gregory decided to do something about it.
decide 是动词，意为“决定，选定”。名词为 decision。decide to do sth. 意为“决定做某事”，
相当于 make a decision to do sth.。例如：
We decide to go to Paris next month. 我们决定下个月去巴黎。
【拓展】
（1）decide sth. 意为“决定某事”。例如：
I can’t decide anything at the moment. 现在我不能做出任何决定。
（2）decide on…意为“由……决定；决定于……”。后面接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。例
如：
I decided on going to Beijing at last. 最后我决定去北京了。
My mother decided on the red dress. 我妈妈决定买下那件红色的裙子。
9. As a result, he is known as“The father of the Chinese Language Laser Typesetting”.
be known as 意为“作为……而闻名”，后接表示职业、名称、身份等的词，与be famous as
同义。例如：
Jay Chou is known as a singer. 周杰伦作为一名歌手而闻名。
【拓展】
be known for 意为“因……而出名”，后接出名的原因，与 be famous for 同义。例如：
This place is known for its green tea. 这个地方因为绿茶而出名。
【句式精练】
I. 句型转换，按要求完成下列句子。
1．How about telling stories to cheer up the sick kids?(改为同义句)
________ ________ tell stories to cheer up the sick kids?
2．They have seen the film already．(改为否定句)
They _______ seen the film _______．
3．It’s about 2 kilometers from my home to school．(对划线部分提问)
________ _______is it from your home to school?
4．My cousin bought a new bike last week．(改为同义句)
My cousin has _______ a new bike _______ last week．
5．We should look after the children．(改为被动语态)
The children ________ ________ ________ ________ by us．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
6．They saw the dog run into the trees．(改成被动语态)
The dog _______ _______ _______ _______ into the trees by them．
7．considered, greatest, he, one of, is, the, painters, all time, of(连词成句)
8．found, Wang Xuan, the Chinese language, laser typesetting, easy, it, for, to, invent
(连词成句)
9．he, not only...but also, a great role model, a great modern scientist, was, many young people, for
(连词成句)
10．Wang Xuan, a solution, decided to, for this reason, come up with, try to (连词成句)
II. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．现在越来越多的外国人对中国文化感兴趣了。
Now more and more foreigners _______ _______ _______Chinese culture．
2．他们用了一个晚上的时间完成了这个工作。
It _______ _______ the whole night _______ _______ the work．
3．她会弹钢琴，也会拉小提琴。
She can play the piano _______ _______ _______ _______ _______.
4．在学校，我们既学汉语又学英语。
At school，we learn _______ _______ _______ _______．
5．每天早晨花半小时朗读英语很重要。
_______ _______ _______ _______half an hour reading English aloud every morning．
6．你为什么不学着独自处理这个问题?
Why don’t you learn _______ _______ _______ problems by yourself?
7．我们不用再穿校服了。
We needn’t wear school uniforms _______ _______．
8．Lily 太激动了以至于说不出话来。
Lily was _______ ______ ______ she couldn’t speak anything．
9．为了赶上头班车，他起得很早。
He got up very early _______ ______ he could catch the first bus.
10．我相信我们的梦想会实现的。
I believe our dream ________ ________ ________．
III. 补全对话。
(2015 贵州黔西南中考)
从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。(其中有两项是多余的)
Mary：Hello，Jack．Why are you in such a hurry? 1
Jack：I lost my backpack．I remembered putting it under a tree beside the playground．
Mary：Really? 2
Jack：An hour ago．I was playing soccer on the playground．It was gone after that．
Mary：Bad luck! Is there anything important in your backpack?
Jack：Yes．There are some books，some keys and a purse．
Mary： 3 Maybe someone took it by mistake．
Jack：What should I do?
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Mary： 4
Jack：Good idea． 5
Mary：Certainly! It’s on the third floor in the office building．Perhaps you are lucky to find it there．
Jack：I hope so．
1．________ 2．________ 3．________ 4．________ 5．________
【参考答案】
I. 句型转换，按要求完成下列句子。
1．Why not／Shall we 2．haven’t，yet 3．How far 4．had，since
5．should be looked after 6．was seen to run
7．He is considered one of the greatest painters of all time.
8．Wang Xuan found it easy to invent laser typesetting for the Chinese language.
9．He was not only a great modern scientist but also a great role model for many young people.
10．For this reason, Wang Xuan decided to try to come up with a solution.
II. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．are interested in
2．took them, to finish
3．as well as the violin
4．both Chinese and English
5．It’s important to spend
6．to deal with
7．any more
8．so excited that
9．so that
10．will come true
III. 补全对话。
1—5 CEGDB
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 3 Creativity
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择
1．Tony wanted to take some good photos，_______ he lost his camera．
A．but B．and C．or D．so
2．Bob _______ a lot since we met last year．
A．changes B．changed C．has changed D．will change
3．When I entered the hall，Mr. Lin _______ a speech on western music．
A．makes B．made C．will make D．was making
4．She is very happy _______ she has got many good friends．
A．or B．because C．unless D．so
5．—Do you know when the first wheel was ______ in the world?
—No．I don’t．
A．discovered B．found C．invented D．seen
6．—The cake ______ by my mother a moment ago．Would you like to have some?
—Sure，I’d love to．
A．makes B．made C．is made D．was made
7．The teacher often tells his students ______ quiet in class．
A．to keep B．keep C．keeping D．kept
8．I _______ this mobile phone for five years．I’m thinking about buying a new one．
A．use B．used C．have used D．will use
9．—May I go to the concert with you?
—I’m afraid not _______ you have a ticket，because I have only one．
A．since B．if C．unless D．though
10．—Would you like to go to the concert with me?
—I’d love to，_______ I’m afraid I have no time．
A．so B．or C．and D．but
[真题链接]
1．It took _______ people three months to build this great building．(2015 年安顺中考)
A．two hundreds B．hundred of
C．hundreds of D．two hundred of
2．—Many teenagers put mobile gaming ______ other things and spend too much time on
it．(2015 年宜昌中考)
—That’s really bad．
A．up to B．as for C．ahead of D．along with
3．Everyone should have dreams．With dreams and hard work，anything amazing can be
_______．(2015 年东营中考)
A．met B．created C．expected D．practised
II. 阅读理解
A
(2015 年北京丰台一模)
For me，Facebook is about staying in touch with friends，and that means writing on
someone’s wall or sending them a private message．It’s a useful website for finding long-lost
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
friends，arranging parties and sharing photos．But that’s not all：Facebook is now being used by all
kinds of people for all kinds of reasons．
Do you want to play computer games? Log on to Facebook．There are now thousands of
entertaining games and puzzles to help you pass the time．Do you want to find cafes，cinemas and
bowling alleys in your area? Log on to Facebook pages that you can join and“like”，which makes
it very easy to search for fun things to do near you．I think it’s brilliant to have all the information
that you want on just one website!
People are now joining Facebook to make professional connections too ，either with people
who do the same kind of work ，or with businesses that are looking for new people to work for
them．
It’s a pretty good idea since so many people use Facebook these days，especially young
people．Even students log on to Facebook to look for summer or part-time jobs．
And that’s not all! Now there are hundreds of pages about sports teams，TV programmes and
pop stars to look at on Facebook ．However，I believe the main reason most young people use
Facebook is because it ’s so easy to let the world know what you think about different things or
people，whether it’s about a new film at the cinema or whether you prefer Rihanna with long or
short hair．You can even write comments directly on other people’s Facebook pages including
some stars’ pages．But you have to be careful because giving your opinion online can be
dangerous．
We mustn’t forget that Facebook is meant to be fun and shouldn’t be used for saying bad
things about people around us ．I recently read a news article about a student who had to leave
school because she made rude and unfair comments about a teacher on her Facebook wall．Several
other school students have been in trouble for similar comments and opinions ．In fact，it really
annoys me when I see somebody has writtennasty things about another person!
It’s true that Facebook is becoming part of our daily lives for many different reasons ，and it
can be really helpful as well as being a lot of fun．But，as with all websites，we must be careful
about how we use it．
1．What does the writer think of the Facebook?
A．It is easy for finding a long-lost friend．
B．It is dangerous for giving one’s opinion．
C．It is mainly used for business reasons these days．
D．It is useful for finding entertainment information．
2．Why does the writer think young people like Facebook so much?
A．It’s a good place to read TV programme’s reviews．
B．They can have conversations about their interests．
C．It’s the best place to find information about sports．
D．They like having the chance to give their opinions．
3．The underlined word “nasty” in Paragraph 6 probably means“_______”．
A．critical B．private C．unpleasant D．polite
4．What is the best title for the passage?
A．The use of Facebook
B．The information on Facebook
C．The reasons of using Facebook
D．The suggestions for using Facebook
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
B
(2015 年北京海淀二模)
阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题
In April 2007，a 16-year-old boy named Charlie McDonnell was bored，so he used his laptop
and webcam to make his first video ， and posted it on YouTube under the name
Charlieissocoollike．Two days after that，he had 150 subscribers(关注)，so he decided to make
more videos．He soon became quite popular in the UK．
A few months later，Oprah Winfrey，the famous American TV host，showed one of his videos
called How to be English on her programme．In this video，Charlie wears a suit and tie and talks in
a funny accent．He shows viewers how to make a cup of tea ．The video made Charlie suddenly
famous in the United States too．To say thank you to all his fans，he made a video called
Challenge Charlie．In this video he asked people to suggest funny or difficult things for him to do
in his videos．Challenges included drinking tomato ketchup，wearing all of his clothes at once and
painting himself purple!
Charlie is also a singer and songwriter．His most popular videos are of him singing and
playing the ukulele．In Duet with Myself，he uses special effects to sing a duet with himself about
what a boring person he is ．This has now been watched over 7 million times! Charlie met Alex
Day through YouTube and they started a band together．They have made two CDs and performed
several concerts．
With more than one and a half million subscribers，Charlie is the most popular video blogger
in the UK．He has now made enough money to buy a house with his friend Alex．But what is the
secret of his success? “I make the kind of videos that I want to watch，”he says．He says that he
wants to go to university in the future but has decided to try and make a career on YouTube before
that．So far，it’s going very well!
5．When did Charlie make his first video?
________________________________________
6．Which video made Charlie suddenly famous in the United States?
________________________________________
7．Why did Charlie make Challenge Charlie?
________________________________________
8．Who did Charlie start a band together with?
________________________________________
9．What is the passage mainly about?
________________________________________
III. 书面表达
电脑大家都熟悉吧!那么请以“The most helpful invention—computers”为题写一篇文章，
说说电脑的优点及其在人们日常生活和工作中的应用。
提示词语：make no mistakes，important，help，life，work，store，information，pass on，
chat，shopping
The most helpful invention—computers
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．A。句意：Tony想拍一些好照片，但他丢失了他的照相机。前后句意构成“转折”关系。
故选 A。
2．C。 分析句意及结构可知，since 在本复合句中引导的是一般过去时态的时间状语从句，
意为“自从……”，此时其主句应用现在完成时态。故选C。
3．D。句意：当我进入大厅时，林老师正在做有关西方音乐的演讲。根据语境应用过去进
行时。故选 D。
4．B。分析句意可知“她很开心”的原因是“她有了许多好朋友”。故选 B。
5．C。discover 发现：find 找到：invent 发明：see 看见。分析语境知，这里问的是“你知道
世界上第一个轮子是什么时候被发明的吗?”，故选 C。
6．D。由 a moment ago 可知应用一般过去时，cake 与 make 之间是被动关系，故选 D。
7．A。tell sb．to do sth．告诉某人做某事。
8．C。考查动词时态。“for+时间段”常和现在完成时连用。
9．C。设空处句意：恐怕不行，除非你有票，因为我只有一张票。unless 意为“除非”。故
选 C。
10．D。 答语句意：我愿意，但是我恐怕没有时间。前后之间构成“转折”关系。故选D。
[真题链接]
1．C。考查数词的用法。句意：建造这座大桥花了数百人三个月的时间。hundred 与具体数
字连用时用单数，表示概数时用复数且后加of。
2．C。句意：——很多青少年把手机游戏放在在其他事情之前，花太多时间在这上面。—
—那真是太糟糕了。up to 由……决定；as for 至于；ahead of 在……之前；along with 与……
一起。根据句意，可知选C。
3．B。考查动词词义辨析。句意：每个人都应该有梦想，拥有梦想并且努力工作，任何神
奇的事情都能被创造出来。met 遇到；created 创造；expected 期待；practised 练习。
II. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．D。事实归纳题。第一段提到了Facebook 的用处：寻友、聚会、晒照片，以及后面提到
的玩游戏等。
2．D。事实理解题。第五段提到了年轻人喜欢Facebook 的原因：能让人们知道自己对他人
或事物的看法。故选 D。
3．C。词义猜测题。句意：事实上，当我看到有人写了别人的令人不快的事情时我很反感。
4．A。标题归纳题。全文主要探讨了Facebook 的使用，尤其是在年轻人中的使用。
B 篇
5．In April 2007．
6．How to be Engli．sh
7．To say thank you to all his fans．
8．Alex Day．
9．How Charlie has become a successful video maker．
III. 书面表达。
参考范文：
The most helpful invention—computers
Computers can almost do everything and make no mistakes．They’re becoming more and
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
more important because they have helped people a lot in life and work．For example，they are used
to write，draw and play games；they are also used to help teach and study．They can store some
information that we need；they can also help pass on messages on the Internet．We can chat online；
we can also do some shopping on the Internet ．I think the computer is really the most useful and
helpful invention．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 4 Space
词句精讲精练
【词汇精讲】
1. tie
（1）tie 作动词，意为“用（绳、线等）系，拴，绑”。tie...to...意为“把……系/拴/捆在……
上”。例如：
Would you go and tie your shoelaces please?
请你去系好你的鞋带好吗？
Tie the horse to the tree.
把马拴在那棵树上。
（2）tie 还可用做名词，意为“领带”。例如：
He was wearing a white shirt and a red tie．
他穿着一件白衬衣，系着一条红领带。
2. plenty of …
（1）plenty of 意为“大量的，充足的”，相当于 a lot of 或者 lots of, 既可与可数名词连用，
又可与不可数名词连用。例如：
I have plenty of time. 我有很多时间。
The room contained plenty of guests. 屋里有很多客人。
（2）plenty of + 名词，作主语时，其谓语动词的数要与名词的数相一致。例如：
There is plenty of work to be done. 有很多工作要做。
Plenty of students have come. 来了许多学生。
（3）in plenty 表示“大量；丰富；充裕”。例如：
There is food and drink in plenty. 有大量的食物和饮料。
【拓展】
（1）a great deal of +不可数名词，表示“大量的”。例如：
They need a great deal of food.
他们需要大量的食物。
（2）a great number of +复数名词，表示“许多的”。 例如：
Chinese is spoken by a great number of people in the world.
世界上许多人说汉语。
3. rise
rise 作不及物动词，意为“升起，提高”。主语一般是日、月、云、烟、河水、物价等。
例如：
The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
太阳东升西落。
Prices are rising.
物价在上涨。
【拓展】
raise 意为“升起，提高”，但 raise 是及物动词，后面可以跟宾语。例如：
The teacher raised his voice on purpose.
老师故意提高了嗓门。
4. send
（1）send 是及物动词，意为“寄，发送”，过去式和过去分词都是 sent，send into 意为“把……
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
送入……”。例如：
More satellites will be sent into space in the future.
将来更多的人造卫星会被送入太空。
（2）send 后能接双宾语，即 send sb. sth. = send sth. to sb.，意为“把某物寄给某人”。例如：
He sent me a postcard. = He sent a postcard to me.
他寄给我一张明信片。
【拓展】
动词接双宾语时，有两种结构：
① 动词 + 间接宾语(sb.) + 直接宾语(sth.)
② 动词 + 直接宾语(sth.) + 介词(for/to) + 间接宾语(sb.)
能接双宾语的动词可分为两类：
① 常用介词 to 的动词有：send; give; show; bring; show; teach; tell等。例如：
give sb. sth. = give sth. to sb. show sb. sth. = show sth. to sb.
② 常用介词 for 的动词有：buy; sing; make; cook; get等。例如：
buy sb. sth. = buy sth. for sb. make sb. sth. = make sth. for sb.
5. get ready to
（1）ready 作形容词，意为“准备好的”。例如：
Is everything ready? 一切都准备好了吗？
Are you ready? 你准备好了吗？
（2）be/get ready to + 动词原形，意为“准备做……”。例如：
I’m getting ready to travel. 我正准备去旅行。
Are you ready to go fishing? 你准备好去钓鱼了吗？
【拓展】
（1）be ready for 强调状态，意为“为……做好了准备”。例如：
They are ready for the party. 他们为聚会做好了准备。
（2）get ready for 强调动作，意为“为……做准备”。例如：
All the students are getting ready for the sports meeting.
所有学生在为运动会做准备。
6. noise
noise 可以作可数名词，也可以用作不可数名词，表示“人们不愿听到的声音或嘈杂声”。
例如：
I heard some strange noises last night. 昨夜我听见一些奇怪的响声。
There’s a lot of noise here. 这个地方人声嘈杂。
【拓展】
（1）voice 作名词，意为“声音；嗓音”。用于人时，指说话、歌唱或发笑的声音，也可指发
言权。用于其它方面时，常指悦耳之声，如鸟鸣声，乐器声音等。例如：
Please speak in a louder voice. 请大声说。
He talked of his trip to Hong Kong in a cheerful voice.
他兴高采烈地谈了他的香港之行。
She has a sweet voice. 她声音很甜美。
（2）sound 泛指自然界的任何声音，不论其高低、是否悦耳等。例如：
I heard the sound of running water. 我听见流水声。
Light travels faster than sound. 光比声音传播得快。
7. take off
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
（1）take off 可作“脱下”讲，反义词组为put on，意为“穿上”。例如：
Take off your clothes, they are wet.
脱掉你的衣服，它们都湿了。
It’s very hot outside, you’d better take off your coat.
外面很热，你最好脱下你的外套。
（2）take off 还可意为“起飞”。例如：
When will the plane take off? 飞机什么时候起飞？
【拓展】
常见的含有 take 的词组：
take turns 轮流 take away 拿走 take out 拿出，取出
take over 接手，接管 take notes 做笔记 take care 当心，注意
take care of 照顾 take photos 照相 take it easy 别紧张
8. pick up
pick up 意为“捡起，拾起”，是动副结构。例如：
She picked up a stone and threw it at the dog.
她捡起一块石头朝那条狗扔去。
【拓展】pick up 还有以下几种含义：
（1）表示“中途搭载乘客；接人”等意思。例如：
The train stopped several times to pick up passengers.
火车沿途停了好几次，让乘客上车｡
Wait here and I’ll pick you up at two o’clock.
在这儿等着，两点钟我来接你｡
（2）表示“意外发现；学到；获得”等意思。例如：
Looking through the evening paper last night, I picked up a wonderful poem.
昨晚在浏览晚报时，我意外发现了一首好诗｡
While working in the factory, the students picked up a lot of information on machinery.
在工厂劳动期间，学生们学到了许多关于机械方面的知识｡
（3）表示“收拾；整理”等意思。例如：
The teacher told the students to pick up everything on the floor before they went out.
老师告诉学生们在出去之前把地上的东西收拾起来｡
Please pick up all your toys when you’ve finished playing.
你玩过后请把玩具收拾好｡
9. hit
（1）hit 作动词时可以是及物动词或不及物动词。主要有以下几种用法。
1）表示“打击；击中”，如果强调“击中某人某个部位”可以用“hit sb. in/on+ the + 人
体某部位” 。如果打在坚硬结实的部位(如 head, shoulder, back等)，前面常用介词 on；如果
打在柔软多肉的部位(如 leg, eye, face 等)，前面常用介词 in。例如：
The thief hit the police officer on the shoulder.
这个窃贼打中了警官的肩膀。
She hit him in the face.
她打到了他的脸上。
2）表示“使碰到；撞击”，主要作及物动词。例如：
Television has hit the cinema industry very hard. 电视的出现沉重地打击了电影业。
3）表示“(主意、念头等)突然被想到”。例如：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
The idea hit me when I woke up this morning.
我今天早晨醒来时突然想到了这个主意。
4）表示“袭击；使受害”，通常作及物动词。例如：
Strike waves hit several Western European countries.
罢工的浪潮袭击了好几个西欧国家。
（2）hit 作名词，表示“轰动一时的成功的人或事；风靡一时的作品”。 make a hit (with sb.)
意为“大获成功；很受(某人)欢迎”。例如：
The song was a hit at once and its recording tape rose to No.1 on the bestseller list.
这首歌曲立刻风靡一时,它的录音带跃登畅销带榜首。
10. lucky
lucky 是形容词，意为“幸运的，吉祥的，侥幸的”。其反义词是 unlucky，意为“不幸运
的，倒霉的；不吉祥的；不顺利的”。 例如：
He is a lucky dog. 他是个幸运的家伙。
He was unlucky enough to lose his keys.
他把钥匙丢了，真够倒霉的。
【拓展】
（1）luck 是不可数名词，意为“运气，好运，幸运”。good luck to sb 表示“祝某人好运”，
bad luck 意为“倒霉”。例如：
She had no luck finding a job. 她很不幸，找不到工作。
I wish you luck =Good luck to you! 祝你好运!
（2）luckily 是副词，意为“幸运地，幸亏，侥幸”。 例如：
Luckily there was a doctor on the spot.
幸运的是现场有一位医生。
11. imagine
imagine 是动词，意为“想象，推测”，后面可接名词、代词、宾语从句、复合宾语，常用
于结构：imagine doing sth. 想象做某事。例如：
We can’t imagine what China will be like in the future.
我们无法想象将来中国是什么样子。
I can’t imagine leaving all my friends.
我无法想象离开我所有的朋友。
No one can imagine what would happen next.
没有人能想象出下一步会发生什么。
12. look forward to
look forward to 意思是“期待，盼望”，to是介词，后面接名词或者动名词。例如：
I look forward to being alone in the house.
我盼望能自己一人在这所房子。
We look forward to the return of spring.
我们期待着春天的到来。
【拓展】
虽然介词to与动词不定式符号to在形式上相同，但用法各异。主要区别归纳如下：
（1）介词to表示“向、往、对于”等，既可以指时间、方向、距离、对象或结果，又可
以指程度、直接或间接关系，后面必须接名词、代词等构成介词短语。例如：
Japan is to the east of China. 日本在中国的东面。
Let’s drink to his health. 让我们为他的健康干杯。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
He tied the monkey to the tree. 他把猴子拴在树上。
（2）动词不定式符号to无词义，后面必须接动词原形，构成不定式短语。例如：
To play computer games is wrong. 玩电脑游戏是错误的。
My job is to teach English. 我的工作是教英语。
I wish to go there. 我希望去那儿。
【词汇精练】
I. 短语互译。
1．plenty of _______________ 2．wake up __________________
3．保持健康________________ 4．send into _____________
5．期待，盼望__________________ 6．fall asleep_________________________
7．take off__________________ 8．拾起，捡起____________________
9．tie...to...____________________ 10．太空飞行____________________
II. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1．A s_______ is a spacecraft that carries people through space．
2．China will l_______ off another two satellites．
3．There are eight _______(行星) in the solar system．The Earth is one of them．
4．Scientists are committed to space research，both manned and u_______．
5．In space even the simplest a _______ is also difficult to complete．
6．When we plant trees in spring，we often t_______ them to sticks．
7．We are proud of the a_______ of China’s space programme．
8．Shenzhou-1 was _______(发射) in November 1999．
9．Liu Yang is the first f_______ astronaut of China．
10．To get great success，we should put more time and (努力) into it．
III. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. The outside space is ________ (know) to the common people, and it attracts the fans’ interest.
2. You were ________ (lucky) to get that terrible illness. We all felt sorry for that.
3. I am really ________ (excite) to learn that Liu Yang will come to our school.
4. All of us have ________ (decide) to work harder and realize our dreams.
5. Liu Yang is one of the ________ (young) astronauts in the world.
6. I am looking forward to ________ (hear) from you.
IV. 用方框内所给短语的适当形式填空，使句意完整。
get dark，try to，get out of，pick up，look at，run across
1．The lift ran to the first floor，and all the people _______ it．
2．When a new classmate came in，we all him curiously．
3．It was _______．We had to go home．
4．The boy and the dog _______ the field and went home．
5．Set a goal and _______ achieve it．
6．It’s our duty to _______ the litter along the street．
V. 听力链接。
（2015 年宁夏回族自治区中考）
听对话选择正确答案。
听下面一段对话，回答第18 至第 20 三个小题。
18．How many stops does the woman walk to catch the bus?
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
A．One． B．Two． C．Three．
19．How does the man go to school on Saturdays?
A．By bus． B．By bike． C．On foot．
20．What sport does the woman do?
A．She plays tennis． B．She walks to school． C．She swims．
【参考答案】
I. 短语互译。
1．大量，众多，充足 2．醒来 3．stay healthy 4．把……送入……
5．look forward to 6．入睡 7．脱下/起飞 8．pick up
9．把……系/拴/捆在……上 10．space flight
II. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1. spaceship 2. lift 3. planets 4. unmanned 5. action
6. tie 7. achievement 8. launched 9. female 10. effort
III. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. unknown 2. unlucky 3. excited 4.decided
5. youngest 6. hearing
IV. 用方框内所给词组完成句子，每个词组只能用一次。
1. got out of 2. looked at 3. getting dark 4. ran across
5. try to 6. pick up
V. 听力链接。
18．B 19．C 20．A
听力材料：
W：Hi，I didn’t know you take this bus．
M：Yeah，I always take this bus．Do you take this bus every day，too?
W：Yeah，but I usually walk two bus stops，then catch this bus．
M：Oh，I see．
W：How about Saturdays when you play football?
M：I walk to school．
W：Really?
M：Because we don’t have many buses on weekends and it’s good exercise．
W：Yeah? I never do that．
M：Do you do any sport?
W：I sometimes play tennis with my friends at the park．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 4 Space
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择。
1．Tom，don’t be late _______ class!
A．in B．by C．for D．to
2．—_______ will Tom come back?
—In two days．
A．How long B．How often C．How many D．How soon
3．She _______ me to learn English by listening to some English songs．
A．advised B．made C．kept D．let
4．There are _______ beautiful flowers that all the tourists like to take photos with them．
A．so B．such C．too D．as
5．—Is it going to rain tomorrow?
—_______．I didn’t listen to the weather report．
A．Sure B．Maybe C．Impossible D．Right
6． My parents often tell me _______ some green food．It’s good for my health．
A．eating B．eat C．eaten D．to eat
7． There _______ a wonderful football match between Spain and Italy next week．
A．is B．will have C．is going to have D．is going to be
8．—Did you watch the soccer game last night? Our school team won the game in the last minute!
—Yes．I was ________ excited _______ I could not fall asleep．
A．as；as B．so；as C．too；to D．so；that
9．—Do you think the rain will stop tomorrow?
—_______．It has rained for ten days．It’s too wet everywhere．
A．I hope not B．I’m sure it is C．I’ll afraid it will D．I hope so
10．—Hello，Joyce，you are busy．Can I give you a hand?
—Thanks very much，_______ I can manage．
A．and B．or C．so D．but
[真题链接]
1. Paper cutting looks very easy，_______ it may be difficult to do．(2016 北京海淀上学期期中)
A．so B．but C．or D．for
2．We _______ in the same school since three years ago．(2016 北京延庆第三协作区上学期期
中)
A．study B．were studying C．will study D．have studied
3. Write it _______ possible and try not to make any mistakes．(2015 年六盘水中考)
A．as careful as B．as carefully as C．more careful D．1ess careful
II. 完形填空。
(2015 北京昌平九年级期末)
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，
选择最佳选项。
It’s not easy to be an astronaut ’s son．Everybody expects you to be perfect ，but I’m just a
fourteen-year-old kid，and I’m not a special 1 ，too when it comes to math，geography，
music，and baseball．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Well，to be honest，I often dream about being some kind of 2 or doing something
special—like saving a child from a burning building ．I was daydreaming at school one morning
when my teacher said there would be a Father’s Day writing competition for the whole school．“I
3 we have a winner right here in my class，”she said．
After school I walked home，thinking about the essay I would write．My father is an
astronaut．No，I wouldn’t start like that．No，I decided．I wouldn’t do that．The whole country
and maybe even the whole world saw my father as an astronaut，but that wasn’t the 4 I saw
him．
How did I see my father? Hmm．
I saw him sitting with me in the dark when I had a terrible dream ．I 5 how he hugged
me for hours when my dog Spotty was 6 by a car．Yes，to me，he wasn’t just a
world-famous astronaut．He was my dad．
My parents and I went to school on Thursday night ．There were so many people in the big
hall．The third prize was announced and it was not me ．I was relieved and disappointed ．The
second prize was announced．It was me 7 ．
I went up to the stage and read what I had written．“My father’s son．”When I finished，the
people 8 and Cheered．I saw my father blowing his nose．Dad cleared his throat and put his
hand on my shoulder．“Son，this is the 9 moment of my life．”
It was the proudest moment of my life，too．Maybe I’ll never be a great hero or win a Nobel
Prize，but it was 10 just to be my father’s son．
1．A．one B．son C．student D．person
2．A．astronaut B．hero C．dad D．man
3．A．think B．guess C．know D．hope
4．A．way B．truth C．father D．face
5．A．felt B．thanked C．remembered D．noticed
6．A．killed B．stopped C．thrown D．carried
7．A．seriously B．surprisingly C．exactly D．excellently
8．A．stood up B．sat up C．calmed down D．walked down
9．A．best B．luckiest C．happiest D．proudest
10．A．right B．special C．enough D．different
III. 阅读理解。
A
(2015 年北京朝阳九年级期末)
When you are about to do something brave，a cheerful wish of“Good luck!” from a friend
can be helpful．But if you think you need lots of luck，what else might you do?
In the UK and US there are some strange traditions for bringing yourself a little more good
luck．Some are hundreds of years old and some are much newer．
Have you heard the saying “When you wish upon a star”? If you are looking up at the sky on
a clear night and you see a sudden flash of light，it is probably a shooting star(流星)! Seeing one
doesn’t happen very often．The saying goes that if you see one you have been very lucky，and so
if you make a wish，it will come true．
Maybe you have heard of the lucky rabbit’s foot．Some people believe that rabbits are lucky
animals，so they carry a part of the rabbit，its foot，for good luck．There are all kinds of strange，
unclear rules about which of the rabbit’s feet is the luckiest．It is said that this good luck tradition
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
is the oldest one of all．However，as the funny saying goes，“Depend on the rabbit’s foot if you
will，but remember it didn’t work for the rabbit!”
People in Britain love trees．If it is autumn and leaves are falling from the trees，some people
try to catch the leaves as they fall because they think each leaf they catch will bring them a lucky
month in the following year —they will need to catch 12 falling leaves to have a whole year of
good luck!
1．Which one is the oldest good luck tradition?
A．A falling leaf．
B．A rabbit’s foot．
C．A shooting star．
D．A wish from friends．
2．According to Paragraph 3，we know that _______．
A．shooting stars can often be seen
B．people can see a shooting star on a rainy night
C．your wish may come true if you see a shooting star
D．people believe that it’s unlucky to see a shooting star
3．British people try to catch 12 falling leaves because _______．
A．the leaves fall in autumn
B．there are so many leaves to catch
C．the leaves can bring them a lucky month
D．they want to have a whole year of good luck
4．In Paragraph 5，the underlined word “them” refers to _______．
A．leaves B．trees C．people D．years
IV. 阅读还原。
阅读短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。每个
选项只能用一次。
As space science develops，man has learned more and more about space ． 1 ．While
working in space，spacemen are facing danger as well as success．
Scientists have found out that radiation(辐射) is the greatest danger to spacemen in
space．When spacemen are working in space ，they are in danger of radiation from the sun and
other stars，which is bad for their health．The damage done by radiation won’t be discovered until
their children or even grandchildren are born． 2 ，but no really helpful medicine has been．
3 ．It’s reported that there are 9，000 man-made things flying in space．About 30% of
these are man-made satellites，10% are spaceships，and the rest are space junk．
An explosion(爆炸) in 1996 made a cloud of 300，000 fragments(碎片)，each at least 4mm
in size，and even a small piece of these knocked against a spaceship window and did some
damage．Scientists are watching and reporting any possible danger all the time． 4 ．
Although space is really dangerous，it interests everyone on the earth．In the near future，it
may become usual for people to spend a few days in a space hotel． 5 and live in space for a
few years．So we should care for space and do something to help improve the space environment．
A．We may even choose to leave the earth
B．Some special medicine may work a little
C．Space is not only amazing but also dangerous
D．Space junk is also thought to be a great danger to spacemen
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
E．They are working on helpful ways to do with space junk
1．_______ 2．_______ 3．_______ 4．_______ 5．_______
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．C。be late for 意为“迟到”。故选 C。
2．D。由答语 In two days．可知，问句是对“多久以后”进行询问。故选D。
3．A。 advise sb．to do sth．建议某人做某事；make sb．do sth．使某人做某事；keep sb．doing
sth．让某人一直做某事；let sb．do sth．让某人做某事。分析句子结构可知，本句符合 advise
sb．to do sth．结构。故选 A。
4．B。分析句子结构可知，本句包含“such + adj．+可数名词复数+that 从句”结构。故选 B。
5．B。由答语的后一句“我没有听天气预报”可知，应答者不能给出确定的答案。故选B。
6．D。tell sb．to do sth．意为“告诉某人做某事”。故选 D。
7．D。分析句子结构可知，本句为 there be 句型，排除 B、C；再由句中的时间状语 next week
可知，本句应用一般将来时。故选D。
8．D。分析句子结构知，第二空后是一个完整的句子，而 too...to 引导的是简单句，排除
C：将 A、B、D 选项代入句中理解句意：我当时是那么激动以至于我都不能入睡。由此知，
应用 so...that 引导结果状语从句。故选D。
9．D。上句句意：你认为明天雨会停吗?答语后两句意思：雨已经下了十天了，到处都太潮
湿了。由答语后两句推知，应答者和发话者有同样的希望。故选D。
10．D。句意：——喂，Joyce，你太忙了。我能帮助你吗?——非常感谢，但是我能应付。
本题考查连词。and 而且；or 否则；so 因此；but 但是。根据句意可知答案为D 项。
[真题链接]
1．B。句意：剪纸看起来很容易，但做起来或许很难。前后句意构成转折关系。故选B。
2．D。since 引导过去时间时，该句通常用现在完成时态。故选D。
3．B。本题考查形容词、副词及其固定短语的用法。句意：尽可能仔细地写，尽量别犯任
何错误。固定短语 as...as possible“尽可能……”；副词修饰动词，所以选 B。
II. 完形填空。
1．C。由下文谈到的学习科目“math，geography，music，and baseball”可推知，这里是说
“我不是一个特殊的学生”。故选 C。
2．B。由设空处后面部分“或者做特殊的事——就像从着火的建筑物中救小孩儿”的描述
可推知，“我”梦想成为英雄。故选B。
3．D。由上句“……学校将要举行父亲节作文比赛”可推知，老师希望班里有同学能赢得
比赛。故选 D。
4．A。由前面“整个国家，也许甚至全世界的人都把我的父亲看作是航天员”及下句“我
是怎样看待父亲的呢?”可推知，这里说的是，“我”看待父亲的方式与别人的不同。故选 A。
5．C。本段谈论的是父亲曾经做的事。由此可知，这些都是“我”记得的事。故选C。
6．A。由句中“父亲抱我好几个小时”可推知，“我”的小狗被车撞死了。故选A。
7．B。由上文“宣布第三名不是我时，我有种释然的感觉也有点失望”可推知此时“我”
应该很惊讶。故选 B。
8．A。由句中的“cheered”可推知，当时人们站起来欢呼。故选A。
9．D。由下文“It was the proudest moment of my life，too．”可知选 D。
10．C。由上文“可能我永远不会成为英雄或获得一个诺贝尔奖”及转折词but 可推知，但
是作为父亲的儿子“我”已经知足了。故选C。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
III. 阅读理解。
1．B。事实细节题。第四段中指出“... the oldest one of all．”，由此可知a rabbit’s foot 是最
早出现的。
2．C。事实细节题。第三段是关于流星的，该段最后指出人们认为见到流星许愿，愿望就
会实现。
3．D。事实细节题。最后一段提到了英国人抓落叶一事，抓到一片代表一个月幸运，要想
一年都幸运要抓十二片叶子，故选D。
4．C。词义猜测题。根据前面的“some people try to catch the leaves ”可知有些人试图抓住
落叶，因为他们认为每一片落叶能够带给他们一个月的好运气。them 在这里指代那些试图
抓住落叶的人们。故选 C。
IV. 阅读还原。
1．C。由空前“人们对太空的探索越来越多”及空后“太空人也面临了危险”可推知．本
空应填具有承上启下作用的句子，即描述太空既吸引人又充满危险。故选C。
2．B。由空后no really helpful medicine has been及 but 可推知，本空应是谈论与太空药物有
关的话题。故选 B。
3．D。阅读第三段知，本段主要介绍了太空中的垃圾对太空人造成的危害。D 项概括了本
段的内容。故选 D。
4．E。由空前 Scientists are watching and reporting any possible danger all the time ．可知，科
学家始终在关注及报道任何可能性的危险。也就是说，科学家一直致力于研究有助于处理太
空垃圾的办法。故选 E。
5．A。由空后live in space for a few years可知，太空人有时要在太空中住几年。也就意味着
他们要离开地球几年。故选 A。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 4 Space
句式精讲精练
【句式精讲】
1. These daily actions are so common that you don’t think about them much.
so...that意思是“如此……以至于……”，中间用形容词或者副词，so修饰词形容词或副词，
形容词后一般没有名词，that的后面是表示结果的状语从句。而同义短语such...that的中间用
名词，such修饰此名词。例如：
Our teacher is so kind that all of us like him.
我们的老师是如此好心以至于我们都喜欢他。
He runs so fast that nobody in my class can catch up with him.
他跑得那么快，我们班没有人能追上他。
It is such an interesting film that all of us like it.
它是一部如此有兴趣的电影以至于我们都喜欢它。
He had such long arms that he could almost touch his knees.
他的胳膊很长，几乎就能够到他的膝盖。
注意：
如果名词前的形容词是表示数量的few、little、many、much仍要用so修饰。例如：
There are so many people in the room that we could not get in.
房间里那么多的人，我们都进不去。
【拓展】
so that意思是“以便于；为了”，引导表示目的的状语从句。从句谓语中常用情态动词
may/might, can/could, should/would 等。例如：
We got up early this morning so that we can catch the first bus.
我们今天早上起床很早是为了能赶上第一班公共汽车。
2. But what if you were in space?
（1）what if意为“假若；如果……怎么办？”，相当于what shall I/we do if…？用来询问如
果将来有什么事发生，我们该怎么办，通常发生的事是令人不快乐的事，此时if引导的从句
往往用一般现在时。例如：
What if I don’t know the way to your home? 如果我不知道去你家的路怎么办？
What if it rains tomorrow? 如果明天下雨那该怎么办？
（2）如果 if 引导的从句，表示不可能实现的情况，则if 从句要用虚拟语气（用一般过去时
或“should +动词原形”结构）。例如：
What if I were you？如果我是你怎么办呢？
What if I should fall sick and not be able to work?
假若我生病不能工作的话将会怎么样？
3. Exercise is important for astronauts as well.
as well 表示“也”，常用于肯定句句末，前面一般不用逗号。例如：
I am going to Beijing and my younger sister is going as well.
我要去北京，我妹妹也要去。
【拓展】
also，too 与 either 都有“也”的意思，但用法不同：
（1）also 用于肯定句，位置通常位于句中，比too 更为正式。例如：
I also go to work by bike. 我也骑自行车上班。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
（2）too 用于肯定句且置于句末，其前用逗号隔开；在简略答语中too 常置于代词的宾格形
式之后。例如：
— Tom likes music and Mary does, too. 汤姆喜欢音乐，玛丽也喜欢。
— Me, too. 我也是。
Jack is a worker, too. Jack也是工人。
（3）either 用于否定句且置于句末，其前用逗号隔开。例如：
He can’t swim. I can’t swim, either. 他不会游泳，我也不会。
4. They have to exercise on special machines every day so that this doesn’t happen..
happen 是不及物动词，它的用法有：
（1）表示“某地/某时发生了什么事”，常用“sth. + happened + 时间/地点”这一结构，此
时主语应该是物。例如：
The story happened in 2008. 这个故事发生在 2008 年。
An accident happened in that street. 那条街上发生了一起事故。
（2）表示“某人出了某事（常指不好的事）”要用“sth. + happened + to sb. ”这一结构。
例如：
A car accident happened to her this morning. 今天上午她出了车祸。
What happened to you? 你怎么啦？
（3）表示“某人碰巧做某事”要用“sb. + happened + to do sth.”这一结构。例如：
I happened to meet a friend of mine in the street yesterday.
昨天我碰巧在街上遇到了我的一个朋友。
【拓展】happen 和 take place 的辨析：
（1）happen 指具体客观事物的发生，常有偶然性，未能预见性，即“偶然发生”。例如：
What happened to him? 他出了什么事？
（2）take place 常用于历史事件或会议的发生，以及化学、物理变化，有事先预料或计划的
意思，即“计划发生”。例如：
The party took place yesterday evening. 昨晚举办了晚会。
注意：happen 和 take place 均为不及物动词，无被动语态。
5. When they are not doing..., there is a little time for fun.
（1）little 和 a little 都意为“一点”，可以修饰不可数名词。前者表示否定，即“几乎没有”。
后者表示肯定，即“有一点”。例如：
I have only a little money. 我只有一点钱。
There is little milk in the fridge. 冰箱里没有牛奶了。
（2）a little 还可以修饰形容词和副词，相当于a bit，意为“有点”。例如：
I’m a little tired. I want to sleep. 我有点累了，我想睡了。
The weather is a little cold. 天有点冷。
【拓展】辨析：few/a few; little/a litte
（1）few/a few 只能用来修饰可数名词，few 表示否定，意为“没有，几乎没有”；a few 表
示肯定，意为“有几个，有一些”。例如：
He has few friends here, he feels lonely.
他这里没朋友，他感觉寂寞。
There are a few eggs in the basket.
篮子里有几个鸡蛋。
（2）little/a little 只能用来修饰不可数名词，little 表示否定，意为“没有，几乎没有”；a little
表示肯定，意为“有一点，有一些”。 例如：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
There is little ink in my bottle, can you give me a little ink?
我的瓶子里没有墨水了，你能给我点儿墨水吗？
6. I know the first ...but I’m not sure when he went into space.
（1）“be sure + 从句”表示“肯定，有把握”，主句的主语必须是人。例如：
I’m sure who he is. 我知道他是谁。
（2）“be sure + 不定式”还可意为“一定，肯定”，往往表示说话人的一种推测或判断，主
语可以是人，也可以是物。例如：
It’s sure to rain tomorrow. 明天一定会下雨。
（3）be sure of/about 表示主语“相信”或“对……有把握”，后接名词、代词或动词-ing 形
式，主语必须是人。例如：
He is sure of success.= He is sure that he will succeed. 他自信会取得成功。
（4）祈使句“Be sure + 不定式”表达说话人向对方所提出的要求，意为“务必，千万”。
例如：
Be sure to give it back in time. 务必要及时归还。
7. You’d better start with the beginner level course.
（1）start with 可表示“从……开始；先从某事做起”，与begin...with 是同义词组。反义词
组是 end with“以……结束”。例如：
The meeting started with a speech given by the chairman.
会议以主席的讲话开始。
He wanted to start/begin with the smallest country and end with the largest one.
他打算先去最小的国家，最后去最大的国家。
【拓展】start with 作“首先”解时，只用于动词不定式，在句中常常以插入语的形式出现。
例如：
To start with, the computer room must be kept very clean.
首先，计算机工作室必须保持清洁。
Our group had five members, to start with.
刚开始，我们小组只有五个人。
（2）had better(常简略为’d better)是一固定词组，had better 意为“最好”，用于表示对别人
的劝告、建议或表示一种愿望。其用法有以下几点：
1）had better 后面必须跟动词原形，构成had better do sth.句型。
注意：这里的 had 不能用 have 来替换。例如：
You’d better go to hospital at once.你最好立即去医院看病。
Tom, you’d better go there today.汤姆，你最好今天去那里。
2）主语不论是第几人称，句子不论是什么时态，都要用had better 的形式。例如：
Now you(he; we) had better listen to the teacher.你(他，我们)现在最好听老师讲。
8. I am alone, but I will find the strongest creature and control it.
（1）alone 作副词，意为“单独地，孤独地”，相当于 by oneself。例如：
It was too heavy for me to carry the bag alone. 我独自背这个袋子，真是太重了。
（2）alone 作形容词，意为“单独的，独自的”，只能作表语，不能作定语。例如：
He was alone in the house. 他一个人在屋子里。
【辨析】alone 和 lonely
（1）alone 既可作形容词，也可作副词，表示“单独一人，无人相伴”，陈述客观事实。例
如：
Though the old man is alone, he doesn’t feel lonely.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
虽然那位老人是一个人，但他并不感到寂寞。
（2）lonely 只能作形容词，表示“孤独的，寂寞的”，带有强烈的感情色彩；此外，还可表
示“荒凉的，偏僻的”，常作定语。例如：
My grandfather used to live in a lonely village.
我爷爷过去住在一个偏僻的小村庄里。
【句式精练】
I. 根据上句意思完成下旬，使两句意思相同。每空一词。
1．Tom works too carelessly to succeed in the English test．
Tom works _______ carelessly _______ he can’t succeed in the English test．
2．Alice was clever enough to solve the math problem in a short time．
Alice was _______ a clever girl _______ she solved the math problem in a short time．
3．He is so short that he can’t reach the top of the wall．
He is _______ short _______ _______ the top of the wall．
4．She thinks of the plan so much that she can finish the task perfectly．
She thinks of the plan much _______ _______ _______the task perfectly．
5．The wall is so tall that I can’t jump over it．
The wall is _______ tall _______ me _______ _______ over it．
6．Even if it was raining，he still kept practicing running．
_______ _______ it was raining，he still kept practicing running．
7．Although the beginning of the movie was boring，the end was amazing!
The beginning of the movie was boring，_______ the end was amazing!
8．I received such a valuable present that I was very happy
The present I received was ______ valuable ______ I was very happy．
II. 用方框中所给的词或短语填空。每空词数不限。
because，unless，even though，until，as soon as，so... that，
such...that，so that，while，when
1．_______ he left school at 16，he still managed to become a president．
2．He was listening to music _______ a stone flew towards him．
3．The boy was _______ tired _______ he couldn’t walk father．
4．He won’t go to bed _______ she returns．
5．I won’t go there with you _______ I have to do lots of homework．
6．My father came back home _______ I was playing computer games．
7．_______ you’ve tasted them，you can’t imagine how delicious the dishes are．
8．Study hard _______ you can enter a good high school easily．
9．It’s _______ a strange article ________ nobody can understand it．
10．I’ll tell you about the news _______ I hear it．
III. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．Jim 不小心打了 Oscar 的脸。
Jim was careless to _______ Oscar _______ the face．
2．我们太吵了，以至于我们的隔壁邻居前来抱怨。
We were _______ _______ _______our next-door neighbour came to complain．
3．一般说来，女孩子和男孩子一样聪明。
Generally speaking，girls are _______ _______ _______boys．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
4．我认为这不是个好主意。
I _______ _______ it’s a good idea．
5．没有人能预测未来生活会是什么样子的。
Nobody can predict what the life _______ _______ _______ in the future．
6．学生们正盼望着过一个轻松的假期。
The students _______ _______ _______ _______ _______ a relaxing holiday.
7．约翰决定今年年底放弃打网球。
John has decided to _______ _______ _______ tennis at the end of this year．
8．你可以停止做你不喜欢的事情，做你喜欢做的事情。
You can _______ ______ what you dislike, and do what you like．
9．我的电脑出了故障。
There is _______ ______ _______ my computer.
10．学生们正在为历史考试做准备。
The students _______ ______ _______ ______ the history exam.
IV. 补全对话。
（2015 年吉林省中考）
Mario：Hi，David．What are you doing?
David：Hi，Mario．I’m 1 a book called Discovery．
Mario：What’s it about?
David：It’s about the life in space．
Mario：Fantastic! Working in space is my dream．
David：Really? What do you want to be when you 2 ?
Mario：Guess what? I’m going to be an astronaut，just like Yang Liwei．
David：Oh，great． 3 ?
Mario：By studying hard and doing more sports．
David：You know，it’s not easy to be an astronaut．
Mario： 4 ，but nothing is impossible．Anyway，I’ll try hard．
David：I hope your dream will 5 ．
Mario：Thank you!
【参考答案】
I. 句型转换，按要求完成下列句子。
1．so; that 2．such; that 3．too; to reach 4．enough to finish
5．too; for; to jump 6．Even though 7．but 8．so；that
II. 用方框中所给的词或短语填空。
1．Even though 2．when 3．so；that 4．until 5．because
6．while／when 7．Unless 8．so that 9．such：that 10．as soon as
III. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．hit，in
2．so noisy that
3．as clever as
4．don’t think
5．will be like
6．are looking forward to having
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
7．give up playing
8．stop doing
9. something wrong with
10. are getting ready for
IV. 补全对话。
1. reading
2. grow up／get bigger／get older
3. How are you going to do that／How can you do that／How can you make it
4. Yes／That’s true／It’s true／I think so／I agree／I agree with you／You are right／I think so
／That’s right
5. come true
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 4 Space
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择
1．—When is the school sports meeting this term，Ann?
—It’s _______ September 30th．
A．on B．in C．of D．at
2．—_______ do you visit your grandparents，Mike?
—Once a week．
A．How soon B．How long C．How often D．How far
3．There are only twenty minutes left，______ we’d better take a taxi．
A．so B．or C．but D．for
4．My friends and I _______ going to Happy Valley this weekend．
A．be B．am C．is D．are
5．______ from your office phoned you．Here is the message．
A．Somebody B．Nobody C．Anybody D．Everybody
6．My sister is good at sports．She can jump _______ than me．
A．high B．higher C．highest D．the highest
7．—Can you ride a motorbike，Peter?
—No，I ______．
A．needn’t B．mustn’t C．can’t D．shouldn’t
8．My father _______ newspapers after dinner every day instead of watching TV．
A．reads B．read C．will read D．is reading
9．We ______ in the same school since three years ago．
A．study B．were studying C．have studied D．will study
10．—I’m ______ the trip which we can go whenever we want to go．
—You’ll take me，and I’ll take the money．
A．taking part in B．taking care of
C．looking back at D．looking forward to
[真题链接]
1．Li Na is ______ famous ______ all the tennis fans in China know her ．(2016 年重庆永川中
学片区上学期期中)
A．too; to B．enough; to C．as; as D．so; that
2．Dreams are beautiful．However，to _______ them needs lots of time and effort．(2015 年安
徽中考)
A．discover B．find C．achieve D．stop
3．China’s first astronaut was _______ space in 2003．We are proud of our country．(2015 年包
头中考模拟)
A．sent up B．sent into C．sent for D．sent to
II. 阅读理解
A
If you watch the sky for about an hour after the sun goes down，you may see some “moving
stars”．But they are not really stars．They are man-made satellites．And the biggest of all is the
International Space Station(ISS)．From May to July is the best season to watch the ISS flying
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
over the earth．And people can see it with their eyes during the time．
The scientists want to live on the ISS．They think that the best way to learn more about space
is to live there．
When the space station is finished，it will be like a city in space．People will stay and study
there with many of the things they have at home．Laboratories，living rooms and power stations
are being built．The ISS is the most expensive program．Billions of dollars are spent on it every
year．
Scientists hope that the ISS will be a stepping-stone for future exploration．“The ISS will be
more useful some day．The ISS will help us understand the human body better，explore space and
study the each．It can help us make life on the earth better．”said Kathryn Clark．an ISS scientist．
Sixteen countries are part of the space program：the US，Russia，Canada，Japan，Brazil，
and 11 European countries．China isn’t an ISS country，but it has helped with some of the
experiments．In 2003，China sent some rice up to the ISS to find out what space would do to it ．
1．From the first paragraph，we can learn _______．
A．we can’t see the ISS with our eyes
B．March is the best season to watch the ISS flying over the earth
C．all the moving stars are really stars
D．the biggest man-made satellite is the ISS
2．Which do the scientists think is the best way to learn more about space?
A．To live on the earth．
B．To watch the ISS flying over the earth．
C．To live on the ISS．
D．To make life on the earth better．
3．That China sent some rice up to the ISS is probably to _______．
A．use it as astronauts’ food
B．sell it to aliens
C．do some science experiments
D．make it grow better in space
4．From the passage we know that _______．
A．16 countries are members of the space program
B．people can see the Space Station with their eyes whenever they want
C．building the ISS is only for scientists to live there
D．scientists can do anything they like on the ISS now
B
(2015 山东聊城中考)
Sally Ride was born in California in 1951．She was the first American woman to travel into
space．She loved to play tennis and wanted to be a tennis player when she was young ．But after
three months’ professional(专业的) training，she changed her mind．She went to Stanford
University and started to study science ．She studied stars and planets．She did researches at the
university and got her PhD in astrophysics(天体物理学博士学位) after several years’ hard work．
In 1977，she took a test to become an astronaut．And then she was picked up from over 8，
000 people．In order to realise her dream of going into space ，she had to get different kinds of
special and difficult training．She learned how to fly a plane，how to jump out of a plane as well as
how to operate(操作) special machines．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Sally and four other astronauts flew a spaceship called Challenge ron Jun．18，1983．She
became the first American woman to travel into space．Later，she taught at the University of
California．Then she wrote seven books on space for children，encouraging children to study
science．Unfortunately，she died in 2012．
5．What did Sally Ride want to do at first?
_______________________________________
6．Where did Sally Ride study science?
______________________________________
7．How many people took a test to become an astronaut with Sally Ride in 1977?
______________________________________
8．When did Sally Ride go into space?
______________________________________
9．What is the best title of the passage?(no more than 5 words)
______________________________________
III. 书面表达
根据中文大意和英文提示词语，写出意思连贯、符合逻辑、不少于50 词的短文。所给
英文提示词语仅供选用。请不要写出你的校名和姓名。
某英文版《航天》杂志社正在组织一个航天夏令营，招募的对象是面向全世界对航天感
兴趣的中学生。假设你是李华，你想加入这个夏令营，请用英文写一篇自荐信。谈谈自己对
航天的爱好、曾经在学校参加过的航天活动及成果、为实现航天梦所做过的努力以及想参加
这次夏令营的目的。
提示词语：be interested in，solar system，make a model spaceship，prize，astronaut，read
books，space，training，learn，look forward to
Dear Sir or Madam：
My name is Li Hua．I’m a middle school student and I’m fifteen．
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Best wishes．
Yours，
Li Hua
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．A。考查介词的用法。在具体的日期(9 月 30 日)前加介词 on。
2．C。考查疑问词。对频率提问用how often。
3．A。考查连词的用法。句意：只剩下20 分钟了，因此我们最好乘出租车。前后是因果关
系。
4．D。考查主谓一致。主语是 my friends and I，be 动词用复数 are。
5．A。考查不定代词的用法。在陈述句中用 somebody。句意：你办公室里有人给你打电话，
这是留下的信息。
6．B。考查形容词的比较等级。than 与比较级连用。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
7．C。考查情态动词的用法。can 引导的一般疑问句的回答，肯定时用 can，否定时用 can’t。
8．A。考查动词时态。由时间状语every day，可知用一般现在时。主语是第三人称单数，
所以答案为 A。
9．C。考查动词时态。since 常和现在完成时连用。
10．D。考查动词短语辨析。take part in参加；take care of照顾；look back at回头看；look forward
to 盼望。
[真题链接]
1．D。题干中的famous 为形容词，enough 修饰形容词时应后置，由此排除B；分析句子结
构知，第二空后面是一个完整的句子，而 too...to 只能引导简单句，排除 A；理解句意：李
娜如此著名，以至于中国所有的网球迷都认识她。由此知这里是用so...that 引导的结果状语
从句。故选 D。
2．C。解析：考查动词词义辨析。discover 发现；find 找到；achieve 实现；stop 停止。句意：
梦想是美丽的，然而要实现它们需要大量的时间和努力。
3．B。解析：考查send 构成的短语。句意：中国第一位宇航员2003 年被送入太空，我们为
我们的国家骄傲。
II. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．D。细节理解题。由第一段中“And the biggest of all is the International Space Station(ISS)．”
可知选 D。
2．C。细节理解题。由第二段中“They think that the best way to learn more about space is to live
there．”可知选 C。
3．C。推理判断题。由最后一段中“... it has helped with some of the experiments．”可知选
C。
4．A。细节理解题。由最后一段中“Sixteen countries are part of the space program...”可知
选 A。
B 篇
5．She wanted to play tennis．细节理解题。从第一段中“She loved to play tennis and wanted to
be a tennis player when she was young．”提取答案。
6．At Stanford University．细节理解题。从第一段中“She went to Stanford University and started
to study science．”获得答案。
7．Over 8，000 people．细节理解题。从第二段中“And then she was picked up from over 8，
000 people．”提取答案。
8．On Jun．18，1983．细节理解题。从第三段开头“Sally and four other astronauts flew a spaceship
called Challenger on Jun．18，1983．She became the first American woman to travel into space．”
获取答案。
9．The first American woman astronaut ．主旨大意题。阅读文章知，本文主要介绍了美国第
一位进人太空的女宇航员。从文章第一段中“She was the first American woman to travel into
space．”提取答案。
III. 书面表达。
参考范文：
Dear Sir or Madam：
My name is Li Hua．I’m a middle school student and I’m fifteen．I started to be interested in
the solar system when I was eight．I have already entered lots of our school science competitions
such as making a model spaceship．And so far，I have won two first prizes．I want to be an
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
astronaut when I grow up．To achieve the dream，I have read a lot of books on space and had lots
of training．Now I really hope to enter the summer camp because 1 want to learn more about
space．I’m looking forward to getting your answer．Thank you!
Best wishes．
Yours，
Li Hua
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 5 Literature
词句精讲精练
【词汇精讲】
1. enjoy
enjoy sth. 意为“喜爱某物”，后面接名词、代词作宾语。例如：
She enjoys oranges very much.
她非常喜欢橘子。
【拓展】
（1）enjoy oneself(enjoy 后接反身代词作宾语)，意为“玩得高兴”，相当于 have a good time。
例如：
They enjoyed themselves last night.
昨天晚上他们玩得很高兴。
We enjoyed ourselves at Jim’s birthday party.
在吉姆的生日晚会上我们过得很愉快。
（2）enjoy doing sth. 喜爱做某事，后面接动名词作宾语。例如：
Those girls enjoy playing the piano.
那些女孩非常喜欢弹钢琴。
2. reach
reach 是及物动词，可以直接接宾语。例如：
I’ll call you as soon as I reach New York. 我一到达纽约就给你打电话。
【拓展】
表示“到达”的词汇还有 arrive in(at); get to。
（1）arrive 意为“到达……”，是不及物动词。后接表示地点的副词时，只能用 arrive。而
arrive in 后接表示范围较大的地点名词（如 country, city等）；arrive at 后接小地点（如 school,
hotel, stop 等）。例如：
He arrives at school at eight every morning. 他每天早上八点到达学校。
Her father arrived in Shanghai yesterday. 她父亲昨天到达上海。
（2）get to 意为“到达……”。其后接表示地点的副词（如here; there; home 等）时，介词
to 要省略。例如：
They’ll get to Beijing at six tonight. 他们将在今晚六点到达北京。
I’ll get there on time. 我会按时到达那里。
（3）get to; arrive in; reach的辨析：
get to get
arrive in + Beijing(地点名词) + home; here; there(地点副词)
reach arrive
3. wear
wear 意为“穿，戴”，其后接衣服、鞋帽、眼镜等名词。例如：
She likes wearing a skirt. 她喜欢穿裙子。
【拓展】辨析：put on，wear 与 in
put on, wear 与 in 都有“穿，戴”之意。
（1）wear 指穿的状态，意为“穿着，戴着”。例如：
He was wearing a brown uniform. 他当时穿着褐色的制服。
（2）put on 指穿的动作，意为“穿上，戴上”。例如：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
He is putting on his shoes. 他在穿鞋。
（3）in 指穿的状态，意为“穿着，戴着”。但它不能作谓语，后常跟表示颜色的词。例如：
She is in red today. 她今天穿的红衣服。
4. mind
（1）mind 作及物动词，意为“介意、照料、留神、注意”。常用于疑问句、否定句、条件
句中，后面接名词、代词、动词-ing 形式或从句。例如：
Would you mind opening the window? 你介意打开窗户吗？
Don’t mind me. 不要管我。
（2）mind 还可作名词，意为“智力、头脑、想法、意见”。例如：
He has a quick mind. 他头脑敏锐。
Tom changed his mind at last. 最后 Tom改变了主意。
5. too much
（1）too much 作为形容词词组，意为“太多的”，用来修饰不可数名词。例如：
You drink too much water every day. 你每天喝水太多。
We have too much work to do. 我们要做的工作太多了。
（2）too much 作为副词词组，意为“太多”，用来修饰动词。例如：
You talked too much at the meeting. 你在会上讲得太多了。
（3）too much 作为代词，意为“太多”，在句中作宾语。例如：
You have given me too much. 你给我太多了。
【拓展】
（1）too many 的中心词是 many, 用法与 many 相同，用来修饰复数可数名词。例如：
He’s got too many questions to ask you. 他有很多问题要问你。
They bought too many eggs yesterday. 昨天他们买了太多的鸡蛋。
（2）much too 是副词短语，意为“非常，太……”，常用来修饰形容词或副词。例如：
He got into the car and drove much too fast. 他上了车，并开得非常快。
The necklace is much too expensive. 这条项链太贵了。
6. argue
（1）argue 作不及物动词，意为“争论，争吵”。常用短语为：argue with sb. 意为“与某人
争吵”；argue about/on sth. 意为“争论某事”。例如：
Mrs. Brown argued with the waiter about the price of the meal.
布朗夫人因为那顿饭的价格跟服务员争吵。
Next class we’re arguing about family activities. 下节课我们辩论家庭活动。
（2）argue 对应的名词为 argument，常用词组为：have an argument with sb. about/on sth. 意
为“因某事与某人争论”。例如：
I had an argument with my best friend last week. 上星期我与我最好的朋友吵了一架。
【拓展】argue 与 discuss 的辨析
（1）argue 着重于自己的看法、立场，提出论据，以理说服他人。例如：
There is no need arguing about the matter. 不必就此事辩论了。
（2）discuss 重在交换意见，进行讨论，不含有说服对方的成分。例如：
We’re going to discuss the question. 我们打算讨论这个问题。
7. lead
led 作动词，意为“带路，领路；引领”。其过去式和过去分词形式为led，led。例如：
He led us into the garden. 他把我们领进了花园。
If you lead, I’ll follow. 你领头，我就跟着。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
【拓展】辨析：lead，guide 与 direct
（1）lead 意为“带路；牵引”。表示走在前面，引到目的地。例如：
The usher led him to his seat. 引座员带他到了他的座位。
（2）guide 意为“领路；导游”。表示一直陪在一旁，边走边讲。例如：
The girl guided the tourists around the city. 这个姑娘带领游客参观了这个城市。
（3）direct 意为“指路”。表示指出方向，不一定一同去。例如：
Could you direct me to the railway station? 你能给我指出去火车站的路吗？
8. both
（1）both 作代词，意为“两者，双方，两人”。例如：
Both of the flowers are very beautiful. = The flowers are both very beautiful.
这两朵花都很漂亮。
（2）both 作形容词，意为“两者的，双方的”。例如：
She wants both dictionaries. 这两本字典她都想要。
Both the answers are wrong. 这两个答案都是错的。
（3）both 作副词，意为“两者，两者都是”，常用于行为动词之前，be 动词、助动词、情
态动词之后。例如：
They can both dance. 他们俩都会跳舞。
（4）both…and 意为“……和……都，既……又……”，用于连接两个并列成分，连接并列
主语时，谓语动词应该用复数形式。例如：
Both you and your sister like it very much. 你和你姐姐都非常喜欢它。
【拓展】
（1）当 both 用于否定句时，表示“并非两者都……”。例如：
I don’t like both the sweaters. 这两件毛衣，我并不都喜欢。
（2）both…and…的否定形式为 neither…nor…意为“既不……也不……”。例如：
He can speak neither French nor English. 他既不会法语也不会英语。
9. be made of
be made of 意为“由……制成”，强调从制成品中仍可以看出原材料。例如：
The desk is made of woods. 桌子是由木头制成的。
【拓展】
be made 后接不同的介词，具有不同的意义。
（1）be made from意为“用……制成”，强调从制成品中看不出原材料。例如：
Books are made from woods. 书是由木头制成的。
（2）be made in 意为“由……制造（生产）”，强调生产地点，in后只接地点的名词。例如：
The kind of watch is made in Shanghai. 这种手表是在上海制造的。
（3）be made up of 意为“由……组成”或“由……构成”，强调由多种成分、团体、成员
或单位等组成或构成。例如：
Our class is made up of twenty-eight girls and sixteen boys.
我们班由二十八个女孩和十六个男孩组成。
（4）be made into意为“把……制成……”，注意表示原材料的词作句子的主语，表示制成
品的词作介词into的宾语。例如：
Glass can be made into all kinds of beautiful things. 玻璃可以制成各种各样漂亮的物品。
10. raise
raise 是及物动词，意为“筹集”。常用短语：raise sth. for sb./ sth.意为“为某人/物而筹集……”。
例如：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
We raise money for Hope Project. 我们为希望工程筹钱。
【拓展】
（1）raise 作及物动词，意为“提升，举起，升起”。例如：
raise one’s hand 举手
raise one’s glasses to sb. 举杯祝福某人
raise prices 涨价
（2）raise 作及物动词，还可意为“种植；饲养；培养；抚养”。例如：
Their family raised much corn. 他们家种了很多玉米。
11. pretend
pretend 作及物动词，意为“假装；伪装”，后接动词不定式to do 或 that 从句。
（1）pretend to do sth. 意为“假装做某事”。例如：
He pretended to be friendly with me. 他假装对我友善。
Don’t pretend to know when youdon’t. 不要不懂装懂。
（2）pretend + that 从句，that 可以省略。例如：
She pretended that she was not at home when we rang the bell.
当我们打电话时，她假装不在家。
We pretended nothing had happened. 我们假装什么事情也没发生。
【拓展】
pretend 作动词，还可意为“（在游戏中）装扮，扮作”，pretend to be...意为“假扮成……”。
例如：
The children pretended to be different animals dancing to the music.
孩子们扮成不同的动物，随着音乐起舞。
12. celebrate
celebrate 作不及物动词，意为“庆祝”。celebrate的名词形式是“celebration”，意为“庆祝，
庆祝活动”。例如：
Today is Children’s Day, let’s celebrate!
今天是儿童节，让我们庆祝一下吧！
We will have a celebration for our success.
我们要为我们的成功庆祝一下。
13. close
（1）close 可作动词，意为“关上，闭上”。其形容词形式为 closed，意为“关着的”。例如：
Please close the door. 请关上门。
Please keep the door closed. 请让门关着。
（2）close 还可作形容词，意为“亲密的”。例如：
close friends 密友 a close game 势均力敌的比赛
【拓展】
close to 意为“靠近，接近”，相当于 next to。例如：
Jim’s house is close to his school. 吉姆的家离学校很近。
I live close to the supermarket. 我住得离超市很近。
14. fail
fail作不及物动词，意为“失败”，其反义词为succeed。例如：
I failed to get into that art college. 我未能进入那所艺术学院。
【拓展】
failure作不可数名词时，意为“失败”；作可数名词时，意为“失败的人（或事物）”。例如：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
All my efforts ended in failure. 我的一切努力都无济于事。
He was a failure as a teacher. 他当老师并不成功。
【词汇精练】
I. 短语互译。
1．下定决心_________________ 2．in silence________________
3．一……就……_____________ 4．on one’s way to...__________
5．看见某人正在做某事_________ 6．go on to do th．_____________
7．set free_____________________ 8．pretend to do sth．___________
9．除……之外________________ 10．与……相关的______________
II. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1．The trunk is so t_______ that we can climb up the tree along it．
2．O_______ upon a time there was a stupid emperor．
3．Don’t put your _______(夹克衫) on the bed；the room is too messy．
4．The g_______ checked his passport and let him in．
5．People usually call the lion k_______ of the forest．
6．We should a_______ for being late for the party．
7．Many successful people think books can make us open in the mind ，and _______ ( 文学作
品)can make us quick in the mind．
8．After g_______ he decided to be a volunteer in the west．
9．The Harry Potter _______(系列) was completed in 2007．
10．It gets dark，most shops are c_______．
III. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1．It’s popular to pick _______ (cherry) on the farm this summer．
2．All the airports are working _______ (normal) with the development of science．
3．What a _______ (love) girl she is，especially when she is smiling．
4．When she was young，her mother died and her father _______ (remarry)．
5．People believe that many traffic accidents happened because of _______( careless)．
IV. 用方框内所给词的适当形式完成句子，使句意完整。
argue，lead，reach， trust，confuse
1．I don’t know which one to choose，which makes me _______．
2．I’m not going with you, but I think you’re wrong．
3．The king asked the officers out their hands and touch the object．
4．Don’t lend him the money. He can’t _______．
5．An official _______ me along the corridor to a large office．
V. 听力链接。
（2015 年山东省临沂市中考）
听句子，选择与句子内容相对应的图片。每个句子读两遍。
A B C
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
D E F
1．________ 2．________ 3．________ 4．________ 5．_______
【参考答案】
I. 短语互译。
1．make up one’s mind 2．默默地 3．as soon as 4．在去……的路上
5．see sb. doing sth. 6．继续做某事 7．释放 8．假装做某事
9．other than 10．related to
II. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示补全单词。
1．thick 2．Once 3．jacket 4．guard(s) 5．king 6．apologise
7．literature 8．graduation 9．series 10．closed
III. 根据句意， 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1．cherries 2．normally 3．lovely 4．remarried 5．carelessness
IV. 用方框内所给词的适当形式完成句子，使句意完整。
1．confused 2．to argue 3．to reach 4．be trusted 5．led
V. 听力链接。
1．B 2．C 3．E 4．A 5．D
听力材料
1．Look! What a beautiful giraffe!
2．Yesterday Tony had to look after his little sister at home．
3．Alice enjoys painting in her spare time．It makes her relaxed．
4．They used to go camping on summer vacation．
5．Mike has owned the alarm clock since his eleventh birthday．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 5 Literature
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择。
1．—Could you please show _______ your new phone?
—Here you are．
A．I B．me C．my D．mine
2．—When was Liu Xiang born?
—_______ 1983．
A．On B．At C．To D．In
3．—_______ you speak French?
—Yes，but only a little．
A．Can B．Must C．May D．Need
4．—Who is _______ in your class，Linda?
—John．
A．tall B．taller C．the tallest D．tallest
5．Lin Tao was ill yesterday，_______ he didn’t go to school．
A．or B．but C．for D．so
6．Our teacher often tells us _______ careful on our way back．
A．be B．was C．to be D．being
7．Miss Wang _______ in Beijing since 2008．
A．lives B．lived C．is living D．has lived
8．—Do you know _______ tomorrow?
—At 8 o’clock．
A．when did Mike come B．when Mike came
C．when will Mike come D．when Mike will come
9．—It’s important for us to know _______ all the subjects．
—Yeah，group work is my favourite．
A．how to study B．when to study
C．which to study D．what to study
10．Many old villagers told us about people and things _______ they remembered over those years．
A．that B．which C．whom D．what
[真题链接]
1．The photo _______ taken by my brother last week is very nice．(2015 呼和浩特中考)
A．which were B．that is C．that were D．which was
2. —Miss Li，I have trouble with my English．What can I do? (2016 山东莱芜实验中学上学期
期末)
—Study harder from now on．It’s never _______ late _______catch up with your classmates．
A．too；to B．so；that C．as；as D．such：that
3．—The song Where did the time _g_o_____ the old days and the love of my family．(2015 丹
东中考)
—Sure．It’s my favourite song．
A．helps me out B．cheers me up
C．regards me as D．reminds me of
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
II. 完形填空。
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选
择最佳选项。
In October，2012，Chinese writer Mo Yan won the Nobel Prize for
Literature．He has become the first Chinese 1 to receive the award．
Mo Yan was born in February，1955．His parents were farmers． 2 he
was twelve，he left school to work，first on a farm，later in a factory．In 1976 he
became a soldier and began to 3 ．
The writer’s real name is Guan Moye．He chose his pen name，“Mo Yan”，while writing his
first novel．It means“Don’t 4 .” The writer thought talking too much brought trouble，so he
hoped the pen name could remind himself not to speak his mind while in public．
Mo Yan is a leading writer of 5 modern novels．His works are mostly about the country
life．He 6 writes about the area where he grew up —Gaomi，Shandong．He 7 what
happened in his hometown even before he was born．Mo Yan’s novel Red Sorghum is an
example．It is also Mo ’s most 8 book in the English -speaking world．It tells a story that
happened in his 9 in the 1930s．Many people got to know Mo Yan when the book was made
into a successful film by director Zhang Yimou in 1987．
In 2006，Mo Yan’s novel Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out came out and it quickly got
10 ．Mo Yan’s latest novel，Frog，is about a rural doctor’s experience．
1．A．writer B．astronaut C．engineer D．scientist
2．A．Because B．Though C．When D．Unless
3．A．sing B．write C．think D．run
4．A．move B．sleep C．rest D．speak
5．A．American B．Chinese C．Japanese D．Australian
6．A．never B．hardly C．probably D．often
7．A．talks about B．finds out C．points out D．makes sure
8．A．boring B．famous C．dangerous D．terrible
9．A．family B．school C．hometown D．hospital
10．A．exciting B．beautiful C．important D．popular
III. 阅读理解。
阅读下列短文，根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选择
最佳选项。
A
(2015 浙江湖州中考)
Books for Children
Fleabag and the Ring’s End
The Little white House
Beth Webb
Elizabeth Goudge
More stories of Fleabag，the talking cat—star of
A fairy tale and winner of the Carnegie Medal．
this wonderful set of 3 books．
Ages 8—12，240 pages，paperback
Ages 8—13，208 pages，paperback
07459-45783，￡4.99
07459-44116，￡3.99
Star of Wonder My Very First Christmas Book
Pat Alexander Lois Rock and Alec Ayliffe
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
A wonderful collection of Christmas stories and A big，bright book，which presents the story
poems．Full of lively pages to read and enjoy． simply and delightfully for very young
Ages 7—12，224 pages，paperback children．
07459-39323，￡4.99 Ages 0—3，12 pages，200 mm×200 mm，board
07459-40560，￡4.99
The Not-So-Wise Man
First Festival：Christmas
Alan MacDonald and Andrew Rowland
Lois Rock
We all know about the 3 Wise Men who
An all-in-one book to help grown-ups and
traveled to Bethlehem and discovered the baby
children prepare their Christmas celebration
Jesus Christ．This is the tale of another one ，
together．Presents，activities and customers．
who always missed the point．
Ages 5—8，48 pages，290 mm×250 mm，
Ages 5—9，32 pages，270 mm×210 mm，
hardback
hardback
07459-39074．￡8.99
07459-38922．￡8.99
1．If you want to make a Christmas plan together with your children，which book do you prefer?
A．Star of Wonder．
B．First Festival：Christmas．
C．The Not-So-Wise Man．
D．My Very First Christmas Book．
2．Which number would you dial if you want to order a book for your 2-year-old child?
A．07459-45783． B．07459-38922． C．07459-40560． D．07459-44116．
3．If your child wants to read stories of animals，whose book will you choose?
A．Beth Webb’s． B．Lois Rock’s．
C．Pat Alexander’s． D．Elizabeth Goudge’s．
B
(2015 江苏扬州中考)
Jane Austen(1775-1817)，an English novelist，started writing young and completed six
novels in her life．Today Austen’s books are more popular than ever．In the last 10 years，five of
her six novels have been made into Hollywood films，while her books continue to be best-sellers.
Richard Jenkyns，a professor of English at Oxford University，says that her novels are about
marriage，friendships and the family，which are still with us today．“The stories are timeless,”
Jenkyns said.
Pride and Prejudice(偏见)(1813) is Austen’s most famous work ．It is a love story about
Elizabeth Bennet and Mr. Darcy．At first，these two dislike each other．Elizabeth is pretty，smart
and lively．She is proud because Darcy doesn’t know about her family．Mr. Darcy is handsome，
rich and has a better family background．So，he is proud as well．At the same time，Darcy holds
a prejudice against the Bennet family．He has no understanding of why the family，especially its
mother and daughters should try so hard to find wealthy and powerful husbands ．He thinks they
are vulgar．Anyway，Elizabeth and Darcy finally fall in love and become a romantic couple but
their families don’t want them to.
In Pride and Prejudice，some of the main things that Jane Austen wants to teach people are as
follows．Opposites can attract each other．Lovers should not only make each other feel relaxed or
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
comfortable，but also educate and improve each other.
Austen is often called the greatest romantic writer，so it is surprising she remained
unmarried．“Maybe she was too romantic，waiting for the perfect man，” Jenkyns says.
4．From Paragraph 1and Paragraph 2，we can know ________.
A．Jane Austen passed away in her fifties
B．Austen’s works remain popular today
C．all of Austen’s works have been made into Hollywood films.
D．Austen’s works are mostly about war and the family.
5．Which of the following sentences istrue?
A．Elizabeth and Darcy fall in love at first sight.
B．Elizabeth has a better family background than Darcy.
C．Darcy has a first good impression of Elizabeth’s family.
D．Elizabeth and Darcy become a romantic couple in the end.
6．What does the underlined word “vulgar”in Paragraph 3 mean?
A.粗俗的 B.鲁莽的 C.吝啬的 D.伪善的
7．From what Jenkyns says，we can learn __________.
A．opposites can attract each other
B．lovers should improve each other.
C．Austen’s works go beyond her times
D．Austen married a perfect man at last
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．B。考查人称代词的用法。空处所填词在句中作宾语，故用其宾格形式。
2．D。考查介词的用法。在年份的前面加介词in。
3．A。考查情态动词的用法。can 表示“能”。
4．C。此处询问班里个子最高的人是谁，用最高级。
5．D。句意：昨天林涛病了，因此他没有去上学。so 表示因果关系。
6．C。tell sb. to do sth．告诉某人做某事。
7．D。考查动词的时态。since 常和现在完成时连用。
8．D。考查宾语从句。A 和 C 项语序不对(应该用陈述语序)，B 项时态不对(应该用一般将
来时)。故选 D。
9．A。考查“疑问词+ to do”的用法。此句句意：对于我们来说，知道如何学习所有的课
程是重要的。故选 A。
10．A。本句是含有定语从句的复合句，先行词people and things 既指人又指物，此时应用
关系代词 that 引导定语从句。故选 A。
[真题链接]
1．D。在定语从句中指代物并在句中作主语用关系代词which 或 that，定语从句中谓语的数
与先行词保持一致。故选D。
2．A。根据第二空后面“catch up with your classmates”不是一个句子，而 so...that 和 such...that
中 that 引导从句，排除 B、D；根据句意“要赶上你的同学永远不会太迟”可知选A。
3．D。考查动词短语辨析。help me out 帮助我解脱；cheer me up 使我高兴；regard me as 把
我看作；remind me of 提醒我，使我想起。第一句句意：歌曲《时间都去哪儿了》使我想起
过去的时光和家人的爱。故选D。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
II. 完形填空。
1．A。由上句中“Chinese writer Mo Yan”可知，莫言是中国第一位获得诺贝尔文学奖的作
家。故选 A。
2．C。句意：当他十二岁时，他就离开学校开始工作……。故选C。
3．B。由上文可知，莫言是一位作家。由此可知，在1976 年，他成为一名军人，开始了写
作生涯。故选 B。
4．D。由下句“他认为说太多会惹麻烦……”可推知，他的笔名“莫言”意思是“不要说”。
故选 D。
5．B。莫言是中国人，他应该是中国现代小说的领袖。故选B。
6．D。由下句可推知，他经常写作关于他成长的地方——山东高密的事情。故选D。
7．A。句意：他甚至谈到在他出生前家乡发生的事。talk about 谈论。故选 A。
8．B。由下文“Many people got to know Mo Yan when the book was made into a successful
film...”可知选 B。
9．C。由上文知，《红高粱》是以他的家乡高密为背景而写的一部小说。由此可知，这本小
说描述了 20 世纪 30 年代发生在他家乡的故事。故选C。
10．D。莫言是一位了不起的现代作家及诺贝尔文学奖获得者，所以他的作品《生死疲劳》
出版后肯定受到人们的欢迎。故选D。
III. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．B。细节理解题。根据第一列第三框中“First Festival：Christmas... An all-in-one book
to help grown-ups and children prepare their Christmas celebration together．”可知选 B。
2．C。细节理解题。根据表格第二列第二框中的“My Very First Christmas Book ...Ages 0
—3，12 pages，200 mm×200 mm，board 07459-40560．￡4.99．”可知选 C。
3．A。细节理解题。根据表格第一栏第一框中“Fleabag and the Ring’s End：Beth Webb；
More stories of Fleabag，the talking cat...”可知，该书中有关于会说话的猫的故事，其作者
是 Beth Webb。故选 A。
B 篇
4．B。细节理解题。由文章第一段“Today Austen’s books are more popular than ever．”可知，
Jane Austen的著作在今天仍然受欢迎。故选B。
5．D。细节理解题。由文章第三段中“Anyway，Elizabeth and Darcy finally fall in love and
become a romantic couple”可知，最终Elizabeth 和 Darcy 成为一对浪漫的夫妻。而其他三个
选项均是错误陈述。故选D。
6．A。词义猜测题。从划线单词所在句前一句“He has no understanding of why the family，
especially its mother and daughters should try so hard to find wealthy and powerful husbands．”可
知，Darcy 不理解这个家庭尤其是这个家庭的母亲和女儿们为什么尽力去追求有财有势的丈
夫。由此推知，Darcy 认为他们很低俗、粗俗。故选A。
7．C。推理判断题。从 Jenkyns 的话推知，Jane Austen的著作超越了她的那个时代。故选 C。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 5 Literature
句式精讲精练
【句式精讲】
1. He was a quiet man who didn’t speak much, especially to strangers.
who didn’t speak much, especially to strangers 在此作 man 的定语。定语从句就是用作定语
的句子。引导定语从句的关系词有：that; who; when; why; where等。
（1）关系代词 that，既可指人，也可指物。例如：
The man that you met is my teacher. 你遇到的那个人是我的老师。
She is the singer that I saw last week. 她就是我上周遇到的那个歌唱家。
（2）关系代词 who（指人），whom（who 的宾格形式），whose，which（指物）。例如：
The room whose window is broken is our classroom.
那个窗户坏了的房间是我们的教室。
He is the man who knows the answer. 他是那个知道答案的人。
（3）关系副词 when（指时间），why（表原因），where（表地点）。例如：
That is the place where I was born. 那就是我出生的地方。
Can you tell me the time when you were born? 你能告诉我你出生的时间吗？
2. Matthew began walking over but as soon as she saw him walking her way, she started the
conversation.
（1）as soon as 意为“一……就……”，用于引导时间状语从句，强调两个动作几乎同时发
生。主从句谓语动词的时态通常遵循“主将从现”（主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时
表示将来）的原则。例如：
As soon as I finish my homework,I ’will go and play with you.
我一写完作业就会去和你玩的。
As soon as I find the book, I’ll return it to you.
我一找到这本书就会还给你。
【拓展】as soon as 也可用于表示过去发生的动作，此时主从句都可以使用一般过去时态。
例如：
As soon as he got to the station, it began to rain.
他一到车站，天就开始下起雨来。
（2）see sb. doing sth. 意为“看见某人正在做某事”。例如：
I saw him playing computer games at that time.
那时我看见她正在玩电脑游戏。
【拓展】辨析：see sb. doing 与 see sb. do sth.
see sb. doing 意为“看见某人正在做某事”，强调看到动作正在进行；而see sb. do sth. 意为
“看见某人做某事”，强调看到动作全过程。例如：
We saw her crossing the road.
我们看见她正在过马路。（表示看到正在马路中间走着）
We saw her cross the road.
我们看见她过了马路。（表示看见从马路的一边到了另一边）
3. Pay attention to time indicators such as dates.
pay attention to 表示“注意；留心；专心”，该短语中 to 是介词，后面可以接名词、代词、
动名词或宾语从句。例如：
Don’t pay any attention to Nina—she doesn’t know what she’s talking about.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
别理睬 Nina——她根本不知道自己在说什么。
You must pay attention to the problems of spelling in your writing.
你必须注意你写作中的拼写问题。
You should pay more attention to observing. 你应该多注意观察。
4. What a funny mistake!
What a funny mistake! 是一感叹句，意为“多么滑稽可笑的错误啊！”。表示喜怒哀乐等强
烈感情的句子叫感叹句。感叹句的末尾用感叹号。句子开头经常用 what 或者 how 来引导。
how 后面常接形容词或副词，what 后面常接名词，当然名词前可以有形容词修饰。例如：
How beautiful the picture is! 这张图片多漂亮呀！
What a tall boy your brother is! 你哥哥是一个多么高的男孩！
5. She went on to say that...
go on to do sth. 意为“继续做某事”，指接着又做另一件事；前后做的不是同一件事。例如：
Go on to read Lesson Three. 接着读第三课。（刚才也许读的是第二课或者做别的事情）
【拓展】
go on doing 意为“不停做某事”。例如：
Mike said nothing but just went on working. 迈克什么也没说，只是不停地干活。
6. She has written other books related to the Harry Potter series...
(be) related to 意为“与……相关”。例如：
His illness was related to drug abuse.
他的病和滥用药物有关。
【拓展】
relate 可用作及物动词，意为“把……联系起来”。例如：
I can’t relate those two ideas.
我很难把那两种想法联系起来。
7. I think he needs to apologise for not showing up on time.
show up是动词短语，意为“出席，露面”。例如：
Most of people invited didn’t show up. 被邀请的人大部分还未到。
To my surprise, she failed to show up. 令我吃惊的是，她未能出席。
【拓展】
show的常用短语：
（1）show sb around 带某人参观 例如：
I’ll show you around so that you can meet everyone.
我会带你到各处看看，好让你和大家见见面。
（2）show off 炫耀 例如：
Those boys always show off their sports skills to the girls.
那些男孩们老向女孩卖弄他们的运动技巧。
（3）show sb. sth. 把某物展示给某人看 例如：
My friend showed me a picture book. 我的朋友出示我一本漂亮的图册。
（4）on show 陈列，展出 例如：
The photographs are on show at the museum until October. 照片在博物馆展出到十月。
8. The emperor ... reminding him that if he....
（1）remind 作及物动词，意为“提醒、使某人想起”。remind somebody that＋从句，意思是
“提醒某人……”。例如：
He reminds me that I should go on. 他提醒我应该继续。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
（2）动词短语 remind somebody of somebody/something 意为“使某人想起某事或者某人”。
例如：
Does that song remind you of your mother? 那首歌使你想起你的妈妈吗？
（3）动词短语 remind somebody to do something的意思是“提醒某人做某事”。例如：
Please remind me to return the books to the library.
请提醒我把这些书还给图书馆。
9. The next day, Helios covered Phaeton in magic oil to protect him from the heat of....
protect 为及物动词，意为“保护”。常用搭配 protect sb./sth. from…，意为“保护某人/某
物免受……伤害”。例如：
We should protect rare animals.
我们应该保护珍稀动物。
Parents must protect their children from harm.
父母必须保护他们的孩子们不受伤害。
【句式精练】
I. 按要求完成句子。每空一词。
1．We should plant more trees so that we will have a good environment．(改为简单句)
We should plant more trees _______ _______ a good environment．
2．He is too short to reach the flower．(改为复合句)
He is _______ short _______ he _______ reach the flower．
3．The man is my uncle．He is riding a horse．(改为含定语从句的复合句)
The man _______ _______ _______a horse is my uncle．
4．He visited the Palace Museum in order to learn about Chinese ancient buildings．(改为同义句)
He visited the Palace Museum _______ _______ he could learn about Chinese ancient
buildings．
5．He eats too much，so he gets very heavy．(改为复合句)
He gets very heavy _______ he eats too much．
II. 用 that，which，who，whom，whose 填空。
1．The student _______ answered the question is Zhang Hua．
2．The man _______ I met yesterday lent me some money．
3．The person _______ you should write to is Mr. Ball．
4．Here is the pen _______ you lost the day before yesterday．
5．The storybook ______ I have just read cannot be easily forgotten．
6．The book _______ is on the table is mine．
7．The film _______ they are talking about is very interesting．
8．I will never forget the people and the places _______ I have ever visited．
9．Show me the boy _______ mother is a well-known singer．
10．I know the person _______ company produces new machines．
III. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．她很害羞，不敢和他人交谈。
She was so shy that she was afraid to _______ _______others．
2．在公共场合大声说话是不礼貌的。
It’s impolite to speak too loudly _______ _______．
3．说得太多会让人厌烦的。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Too much talking would _______ people _______．
4．我们应该尽可能多地利用互联网学习英语。
We should use the Internet to learn English _______ _______ _______ _______ ．
5．莫言因为他的小说而闻名于世。
Mo Yan _______ _______ _______ his novels in the world．
6．这部电影真乏味啊！我都快睡着了。
_______ _______ _______ movie it was! I almost fell asleep．
7．劫机者释放了人质。
The hijackers ________ the hostages _______．
8．她已经写了另外几部与《哈利·波特》系列有关的书。
She has written other books _______ _______ the Harry Potter series．
9．她的父母经常为一些小事争吵。
His parents often ________ _______ small things．
10．除了汉语和英语，我不会说其他任何语言。
I can’t speak any other languages _______ _______ Chines and English．
IV. 补全对话。
(2015 安顺中考)
根据对话内容，从方框中选择适当的选项补全对话，其中有两项为多余选项。
Emma：What are you doing，Li Lin?
Li Lin： 1
Emma：I have read it before．What do you think of the story?
Li Lin： 2 Yu Gong found a good way to deal with his problem．
Emma：Really? 3 It seems impossible to move a mountain．
Li Lin：But the story is trying to show us that anything is possible if you work hard．Yu Gong kept
trying and didn’t give up．
Emma： 4 I think we should try to find other ways to deal with a problem，
Li Lin：But what could Yu Gong do except moving the mountains?
Emma：He could build a road． 5
Li Lin：We have different opinions about the story．There’re many sides to a story and many ways
to understand it．
Emma：Yes，that’s fine．
A．Don’t you think it’s a little silly?
B．I’m reading a book called Yu Gong Moves a Mountai(n《愚公移山》)．
C．That’s better and faster than moving a mountain．
D．In my opinion，it’s really interesting．
E．Do you prefer to read stories?
F．I still don’t agree with you．
G．How about you?
1．________ 2．________ 3．________ 4．________ 5．________
【参考答案】
I. 按要求完成句子。每空一词。
1．to have 2．so：that；can’t 3．who／that is riding 4．so that 5．because
II. 用 that，which，who，whom，whose 填空。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
1．who／that 2．that／whom 3．that／whom 4．that／which
5．that／which 6．that／which 7．that／which 8．that
9．whose 10．whose
III. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．speak to 2．in public 3．make，tired 4．as much as possible
5．is famous／known for 6．What a boring 7．set，free 8．related to
9．argue about/ over 10．other than
IV. 补全对话。
1．B 2．D 3．A 4．F 5．C
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Unit 5 Literature
综合能力演练
I. 单项选择
1．He is standing with his back ______ the wall．
A．with B．against C．through D．across
2．Neither of the two boys ______ what happened．
A．have known B．knows C．are knowing D．know
3．He has made up _______ mind to study English well．
A．his B．her C．my D．your
4．We want her _______ running．
A．stops B．stop C．to stop D．stopping
5．I prefer reading the books that _______ educational to us．
A．is B．are C．was D．were
6．—Many people think women are better at cooking than men．
—______．Most top chefs (厨师) in the world are men．
A．I agree B．Exactly C．That’s not the case D．Not at all
7．—Do you know if Tom will travel to America next week?
—_______．I haven’t seen him for a month．
A．Have a good time B．Thank you
C．You’re welcome D．I have no idea
8．—The light in his room is still on．Do you know _______?
—Maybe at midnight again．
A．what’s he doing
B．why he stays up so late
C．if he is busy studying
D．when he will stop working
9．This photo reminded the old man _______ the days when he was young．
A．with B．for C．by D．of
10．_______ exciting movie it is!
A．What an B．How an C．How D．What
[真题链接]
1．Which book is ____ to understand，this one or that one? (2016 北京二十四中上学期期中)
A．easy B．easier C．easiest D．the easiest
2．The building _______ Tony talked about is the Capital Museum．(2015 北京西城期末)
A．who B．which C．whom D．whose
3．He is busy working at school，but he never forgets _______ his mum a phone call every
day．(2015 六盘水中考)
A．giving B．to give C．give D．gives
II. 阅读理解
A
(2015 烟台中考)
Who is the greatest teacher in Chinese history? Many people would think of Confucius，
whose birthday was September 28．Although he lived over 2，000 years ago，people still remember
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
and respect him for his contribution to the education today．
Confucius lived in the Kingdom of Lu，which lies in Shandong Province．He lived during the
Spring and Autumn Period．He had a hard childhood．His father died when he was only 3．His
mother brought him up．As a child，he had to work to help his mother，but young Confucius didn’t
give up studying．He visited many famous teachers and learned music，history，poetry and sports．
Later，he became a teacher and started the first public school in Chinese history．At that time
only children from noble families could go to school，but Confucius believed everyone should go
to school if they wanted to learn．He had about 3，000 students in his lifetime．
Today，people still follow Confucius’s lessons．He told us that we all have something worthy
to be learned．“When I am with three people，one of them must be better than me in some areas．I
choose their good qualities and follow them.”
He also taught us that thinking is very important in study．“All study but no thinking makes
people puzzled(困惑的)．All thinking but no study makes people lazy.”
Confucius is not only a great teacher，but also a famous thinker with wise thoughts about the
world and society．His most important teachings are about kindness and good manners．“A person
should be strict with himself，but be kind to others，”he said．
1．Today we still remember Confucius mainly because _______．
A．he lived a poor life in his childhood
B．he had wise thoughts and great views about education
C．he traveled with his students from state to state
D．he lived during the Spring and Autumn Period
2．Confucius learned music，history，poetry and sports ______ as a child．
A．by teaching himself at home
B．with the help of his mother
C．by going to school
D．by visiting many famous teachers
3．The underlined word“noble”in Paragraph 3 has the closest meaning to“______”．
A．poor B．bright C．wealthy D．cute
4．The correct order of the following statements is _______．
①Confucius worked to help his mother as a child．
②Confucius educated about 3，000 students in his lifetime．
③Confucius’s father died．
④Confucius started the first public school in Chinese history．
A．③①④② B．②③④① C．①③②④ D．④③①②
5．Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A．All study but no thinking makes people puzzled．
B．No one has something worthy to be learned．
C．All thinking but no study makes people lazy．
D．A person should be strict with himself，but be kind to others．
B
(2015 北京昌平二模)
Owning Books
We enjoy reading books that belong to us much more than if they are
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
borrowed．A borrowed book is like a guest in the house；it must be treated withpunctiliousness，
with enough careful attention．You must see that it keeps no dirty or destroyed pages．
But books are for use，not for show；you should own no book that you are afraid to mark up，
or afraid to place on the table ，wide open and facedown ．A good reason for marking favourite
passages in books is that this practice enables you to remember more easily the important sayings，
to refer to them quickly，and then in later years，it is like visiting a forest where you once walked
in．
Everyone should begin collecting a private library in youth；this habit can here be developed
with every advantage．The best wallpaper is books: they are more varied in colour and appearance
than any wallpaper；they are more attractive in design ，and if you sit alone in the room in the
firelight，you are surrounded(包围) with close friends．The knowledge that they are there in plain
view is both encouraging and refreshing．Books are of the people，by the people，for the
people．They are part of history，the best part of personality．
Book friends have this advantage over living friends；you can enjoy the most truly great
society in the world whenever you want it．The great dead are beyond our physical(身体的) reach，
and the great living are usually almost too far to reach ．But in a private library，you can at any
moment talk with Shakespeare or Carlyle or Dumas or Dickens ．And there is no doubt that in
these books you see these men at their best．They“laid themselves out” and they did their best to
entertain(娱乐) you to make a favourable impression．You are necessary to them as an audience
is to an actor；only instead of seeing them masked，you look into their inside heart．
6．The underlined word punctiliousness refers to “______”．
A．expectation B．admiration
C．great care D．nice view
7．The writer’s attitude towards books is like ______．
A．walking into an old forest
B．treating a guest in the house
C．showing a private library
D．talking to the great dead and living
8．The best wallpaper，according to the writer，is ______．
A．colours B．books C．library D．friends
9．Shakespeare is mentioned here to show it’s ______ to talk to the great people through books．
A．easy B．nice C．hard D．common
III. 书面表达
根据中文和英文提示，写一封意思连贯、符合逻辑、不少于50 词的回信。信的开头和
结尾已给出，其词数不计入所要完成的回信内。请不要写出你的校名和姓名。
假如你叫李涛，你最近在和你的英国朋友 Lily 通过电子邮件谈论你最喜欢的书籍。请
你根据她的问题回复邮件。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
【答案与解析】
I. 单项选择。
1．B。句意：他背靠墙站着。在选项中只有介词against 意为“靠着”。故选 B。
2．B。neither 作主语时，谓语动词应用单数形式，故选B。
3．A。根据语义可知本空应与主语He 保持一致。故选 A。
4．C。want sb．to do sth．“想要某人做某事”，为固定用法。故选 C。
5．B。分析句子结构可知，先行词the books 为复数，且在定语从句中充当主语，因此从句
的谓语动词应用复数形式，排除A、C；根据语境可知应用一般现在时。故选B。
6．C。上句句意：很多人认为女士比男士更擅长做饭。答语后一句句意：世界上大多数顶
尖的厨师都是男士。由答语后一句推知，应答者对发话者的观点并不认同。I agree 我同意；
Exactly 确实；That’s not the case 那也未必；Not at all 根本不是。由语境可知选C。
7．D。问句句意：你知道Tom下周是否会到美国旅行吗?答语后一句句意：我有一个月未见
到他了。由答语后一句推知，应答者对Tom是否去美国的事情不清楚。故选D。
8．D。分析句子结构知，本题考查的是宾语从句。宾语从句用陈述句语序，排除 A。答语
句意：或许又是在半夜吧。由答语推知，发话者问的是时间。故选D。
9．D。考查动词 remind 的用法。remind sb．of sth．意为“使某人想起某事”。故选 D。
10．A。本题考查感叹句的用法。句意：它是一部多么令人激动的电影啊 !感叹句有两种形
式：(1)What + a／an+形容词+单数可数名词+主语+谓语!或 What+形容词+可数名词复数／
不可数名词+主语+谓语! (2)How+形容词／副词+主语+谓语! 故选 A。
[真题链接]
1．B。句意：哪一本书更容易懂，这本书还是那本书?由此知，这里是两者之间的比较，应
用形容词比较级。故选 B。
2．B。分析句子结构知，The building 为先行词，指物，且在从句中作宾语，故选B。
3．B。句意：他正忙于学校的工作，但是他从来没有忘记每天给他妈妈打一个电话。forget to
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
do sth．忘记去做某事(还没做)，forget doing sth．忘记做过某事(已经做过)。根据句意可知
选 B。
II. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．B。事实细节题。第一段最后一句提到孔子受人尊敬的原因：对教育的贡献。
2．D。事实细节题。第二段最后提到孔子幼年时学习历史、音乐等的方式是拜访名师。
3．C。词义推断题。该段中的 only，but 是关键。后面提到：但是孔子认为如果想学习的话，
每个人都应该上学。以此推断 noble 的意思是“富有的，高贵的”。
4．A。事实归纳题。由第二、三段可知。
5．B。细节判断题。B 选项与第四段提到的意思不符。
B 篇
6．C。词义推断题。后面给出了解释：小心翼翼，不能使其有灰尘、破损。故选C。
7．D。事实归纳题。由最后一段第二、三句可知，D 选项符合题意。
8．B。事实细节题。第三段提到了壁纸，最好的壁纸是书。
9．A。事实推断题。最后一段提到了莎士比亚等伟人，旨在说明书中可以容易地领略伟人
思想。段中的 at any moment，no doubt 等都验证了这一点。
III. 书面表达。
参考范文：
Hi! Lily，
I’m glad to hear from you．
I like reading very much．My favourite book is Jane Eyre．It was written by Charlotte
Bronte．She was born in Britain．She was a famous writer in the world．She wrote many books and
Jane Eyre was one of the best．In this book，she wrote about a woman named Jane Eyre．Jane Eyre
wasn’t pretty，but she had a strong idea of self-respect．She never gave up whenever she met any
difficulties in her life．I was deeply moved by her story．I like this book very much．
Yours
Li Tao
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
动词不定式
【概念引入】
1. 动词不定式名言：
（1）动词不定式作表语
To lose is to learn. 失败就是学习。
（2）动词不定式作主语
It is better to give than to take. 给予比接受更好。
（3）不定式作宾语
Expect to be treated as you have treated others.
你怎样待别人，就指望别人怎样待你。
（4）不定式作宾补
Adversity causes some men to break，others to break records.
逆境使一些人崩溃，也使一些人破记录。
（5）不定式作定语
There is a time to talk and a time to act.
该说的时候说，该做的时候做。
（6）不定式作目的状语
To find the exact answer，one must first ask the exact question.
要找到确切的答案，首先必须提出确切的问题。
2. 动词不定式定义：
动词不定式是一种非谓语形式（不能作谓语），基本形式是 to do 形式(to 是不定式符号的标
志，无意义，可以不翻译)
肯定式：to + 动词原形
否定式：not to + 动词原形
【用法讲解】
1.动词不定式的特征
动词不定动式是一种非谓语动词形式，它没有人称和数的变化，在句子中不能作谓语，但可
以作除谓语之外的其它任何句子成分（主语、表语、宾语、宾语补足语、定语和状语）；动
词不定式具有名词、形容词和副词的特征，同时还保持动词的某些特点，既可以有自己的宾
语和状语，动词不定式和它的宾语和状语构成不定式短语。
2. 动词不定式在句子中的作用
动词不定式是由 to+动词原形构成，在句中起名词，形容词和副词的作用，可以担任除
谓语以外的其它任何成分。
（1）动词不定式作主语。例如：
To master a language is not an easy thing.
掌握一门语言不是一件容易的事情。
To teach English is my favorite. 教英语是我的爱好。
It's my pleasure to help you. 很乐意帮助你。
（2）动词不定式作宾语。
某些及物动词可以用动词不定式作宾语，这些动词有 decide, begin, help, want, wish, like,
forget, learn, ask等。例如：
I like to help others if I can. 如果有可能的话，我喜欢帮助别人。
I want to buy a new car when I have enough money.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
我有钱时想买一辆新车。
（3）动词不定式作宾语补足语。例如：
We expect you to be with us. 我们希望你和我们在一起。
Please ask him to come here quickly. 请叫他快过来。
（4）动词不定式作表语。例如：
What I should do is to finish the task soon.
我应该做的是赶快完成任务。
The most urgent thing is to find the boy immediately.
当务之急是马上去找孩子。
（5）动词不定式作定语。例如：
There are many ways to solve the problem.
有许多方法能解决这个问题。
I have something important to tell you.
我有重要的事情要告诉你。
（6）不定式作状语。例如：
We went to the hospital to see our teacher.
我们去医院看了我们的老师。
She is making a test to get a kind of useful medicine from a Tibet flower.
她在做试验，从一种西藏花中提取某种有用的药物
3.不定式后接特殊疑问词的用法
不定式可以和疑问代词 who, what, which 及疑问副词 when, how, where等连用，构成不
定式短语，在句子中作主语、宾语、表语等。例如：
I don't know what to say. 我不知道说什么。
Can you tell me how to make a paper boat？ 你能告诉我怎样做一只纸船吗？
I don't know which topic to choose. 我不知道选哪个题目。
Where to stay for the night is a problem. 晚上在哪儿过夜还是个问题。
4.不定式的重要句型
（1）It’s＋adj.＋for (of)sb. to do sth.
当不定式作主语时，通常用 it 作为形式主语，而把真正的主语不定式结构后置。例如：
To meet you is a great pleasure. =It is a great pleasure to meet you.
非常高兴见到你。
To plant trees every year is necessary.= It is necessary to plant trees every year.
每年植树是必要的。
这种结构往往还要有一个逻辑主语。一般使用下面的结构：
1)It is +adj. ＋of sb.+to do sth.
It is selfish of you to eat the whole birthday cake.
你真是太自私了，吃光了整个蛋糕。
2)It is +adj. + for sb. + to do sth.
It is difficult for me to learn English well.
对我来说学好英语太难了。
【注意】
for 和 of 引导的不定式结构的区别
表语形容词的语义不同是区别 for 结构和 of 结构的最重要标志。
1） 在“It is（was）＋adj.＋for sb.＋to do sth.”的句式中，作表语的形容词大多是表事物
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
性质的静态形容词，如：essential，easy，difficult, important，necessary，possible，hard 等
等，这类形容词与 for 后面的名词（代词）关系不密切，无意义上的主表关系。例如：
It is necessary for us to practise speaking English every day．
每天练习说英语对我们来说是很有必要的。
2）在 “It is（was）＋adj．＋of sb.…”的句式中，作表语的形容词大多是表示人物特征的
形容词。如：brave，careless，careful，clever，cruel，foolish，good，honest，（un）kind noble，
polite，right，rude，sweet，silly，stupid，wrong 等等。这些表示人物特征的形容词与of 后
的名词关系十分密切，有意义上的主表关系。例如：
It is kind of you（=You are kind）to send me a nice present．
谢谢你送我这么好的礼物。
It was stupid of her（=She was stupid）to make such a mistake．
出这样的错她真是太蠢了。
（2）主语＋动词＋too＋形容词／副词＋（for＋sb.）＋to+动词原形
表示“……太……而不能……”。例如：
He walked too slowly to catch up with me.
他走得太慢而不能跟上我。
It is too dark in this room for me to read a book.
房间太暗，使我无法看书。
This problem is too difficult for them to settle.
这对他们来说真是一个难解的问题。
（3）主语＋动词＋……形容词／副词＋enough＋（for sb.）＋to+动词原形
表示“……对某人足以……”。例如：
We need several men strong enough to do the work.
我们需要几个强壮得足以做这件工作的人。
They bought a house large enough for ten persons to live in.
我们买了一栋房子，大得足以供十个人住。
He is competent enough to fill that position.
他足以胜任那职位。
（4）主语＋动词＋enough＋名词＋to＋动词原形
表示“……对某人足以……”。例如：
He has enough money (=money enough) to buy a car.
他有足够的钱买一辆汽车。
He hasn’t enough sense to realize his mistakes.
他没有足够的辨别力去认识自己的错误。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
动词不定式
【巩固练习】
I．单项选择。
1. ________ late in the morning, Bob turned off the alarm.
A. To sleep B. Sleeping C. Sleep D. Having slept
2. I'm going to the supermarket this afternoon. Do you have anything ________?
A. to be buying B. to buy C. for buying D. bought
3. I’ve worked with children before, so I know what ________ in my new job.
A. expected B. to expect C. to be expecting D. expects
4. She watched the children ________ in the garden.
A. to be played B. to play C. play D. to have played
5. The teacher asked us ________ so much noise.
A. don't make B. not make C. not making D. not to make
6.－I usually go there by train.
－Why not _______ by boat for a change?
A. to try going B. trying to go C. to try and go D. try going
7. Paul doesn't have to be made _______. He always works hard.
A. learn B. to learn C. learned D. learning
8. Tell him _______ the window.
A. to shut not B. not to shut C. to not shut D. not shut
9. She pretended _______ me when I passed by.
A. not to see B. not seeing C. to not see D. having not seen
10. Mrs. Smith warned her daughter _______ after drinking.
A. never to drive B. to never driver
C. never driving D. never drive
11 . The patient was warned _______ oily food after the operation.
A. to eat no B. eating not C. not to eat D. not eating
12. I saw him _______ out of the room.
A. go B. had gone C. has gone D. goes
13. —The light in the office is still on.
—Oh, I forgot _______.
A. turning it off B. turn it off
C. to turn it off D. having turned it off
14. He always prefers _______ a bicycle. rather than _______ on a crowded bus.
A. to ride；ride B. riding；ride
C. ride；to ride D. to ride；riding
15. The price is too low for customers________.
A. to believe B. believing C. believed D. believe
[真题链接]
1. The joke was so funny that it made him ____ again and again. (2015重庆B卷)
A. laugh B. to laugh C. laughed D. laughs
2. We stopped _________, but there was not any sound.（2015四川资阳）
A. to listen B. listens C. listen D. Listening
3. Mr. Smith told his son _____ the football match because of the exam. （2015内蒙呼和浩特）
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
A. not to watch B. to not watch
C. not watching D. doesn’t watch
II．把下列的结果状语从句改为 enough to 或 too…to的句式。
1. The room is so large that it can hold one hundred people.
_________________________________________________
2. The room is so small that it can’t hold one hundred people.
_________________________________________________
3. The text is so easy that a child can understand it.
__________________________________________________
4. The text is so difficult that a child can’t understand it.
__________________________________________________
5. He is so short that he can't be a good basketball player.
___________________________________________________
III.根据汉语提示，使用动词不定式补全下列句子（每空一词）。
1. 他还太小，无法做这事。
He is _______young a boy _______do it.
2. 他手头的工作太多了，不能跟我们去野餐。
He has ______ much work on hand ______ ______ picnicking with us.
3. 他跑得飞快，足以抓住那小偷。
He ran fast _______ ________ catch the thief.
4. 我们老师年纪已够得上退休了。
Our teacher is ______ ______ ______retire.
5. 按时完成作业对我们而言很重要。
It is important _______ _______ _______ finish the homework on time.
【答案与解析】
I．单项选择。
1. A。Bob 关了闹钟的目的是为了多睡一会儿，不定式结构在此作目的状语。
2. B。此处考查不定式作定语。表示“要……”，有将来的意味。
3. B。此题考查“疑问词+不定式”结构在句子中作宾语的情形。句子主语“I”与不定式短语之间
是主动关系，因此要选 to expect。
4. C。在表示感觉、视、听等生理活动的动词后，用作宾语补足语的不定式要省略to。
5. D。与其它非谓语动词一样，不定式的否定形式即在to do 的前边加上否定词 not。
6. D。why not 后面接不带 to 的不定式，因此选 D。
7. B。在主动句中，make 后接不带 to 的动词不定式，当其用于被动句时，to 不可省略。
8. B。tell sb. to do sth.的否定形式为 tell sb. not to do sth.。
9. A。pretend 后应接不定式。其否定形式为pretend not to do sth.。
10. A。warn sb. to do sth. 的否定形式为 warn sb. not to do sth. 此处用的是否定词 never。
11. C。warn 一词要求后用不定式，此句为被动句，否定形式为be warned not to do sth.。
12.A。see sb. do sth.看见某人做某事。这里是省略to 的不定式作了宾语补足语。
13. C。forget to do sth.忘记（要）做某事。 这里是动词不定式作了宾语。
14. A。prefer to do sth. rather than do sth. 意为“宁愿做……不愿做……”。
15. A。too...to ...意为“太而不能”。句意为“价格太低让顾客难以相信”。
[真题链接]
1.A。句意：这个笑话如此好笑以至于让他笑了一次又一次。make + sb. + do(省略 to 的不定
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
式) 表示“使某人做某事，让某人做某事”。
2. A。句意：我们停下来去听，但是那里没有任何的声音。stop to do sth. 表示 “停下来正
在做的事情，去做别的事情”；stop doing 表示 “停止做某事”。根据句意，选 A。
3. A。句意：史密斯先生告诉他的儿子不要看足球比赛了，因为要考试了。tell sb. to do sth.
告诉某人做某事。tell sb. not to do sth. 告诉某人不要做某事。
II．把下列的结果状语从句改为 enough to 或 too…to的句式。
1. The room is large enough to hold one hundred people.
2. The room is too small (not large enough) to hold one hundred people.
3. The text is easy enough for a child to understand.
4. The text is too difficult (not easy enough) for a child to understand.
5. He is too short (not tall enough )to be a good basketball player.
III.根据汉语提示，使用动词不定式补全下列句子（每空一词）。
1.too, to 2. too, to go 3. enough to 4. old enough to 5. for us to
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Review of Units 1-5
词句精讲精练
词汇精讲
1. enough
（1）enough 作副词，用来修饰形容词、动词和副词，放在被修饰词的后面。例如：
The house is big enough to hold forty people.
这个房间足够大以至于能够容纳40 人。
（2）enough 作形容词，可以修饰名词，一般放在名词前面，偶尔也可放名词后。例如：
We have enough time to go there. 我们有足够的时间去那里。
2. as…as…
as...as…中间加形容词或副词原形，表示同级的比较，意为“和……一样”。例如：
This film is as interesting as that one. 这部电影和那部电影一样有趣。
Your pen writes as smoothly as mine. 你的钢笔书写起来和我的一样流畅。
其否定式为 not as/so… as…，中间加形容词或副词原形，意为“和……不一样”。例如：
This dictionary is not as/so useful as you think. 这本字典不如你想象的那样有用。
3. try to do
try to do sth. 意为“设法去做某事，尽量去做某事”，其否定形式为 try not to do sth.。例
如：
Try not to be late again. 尽量别再迟到了。
Try to get here in two hours. 尽量在两小时之内到达。
【拓展】
（1） try doing sth. 意为“试着做某事”，强调尝试做某事。例如：
You should try eating more vegetables. 你应当试着多吃点蔬菜。
（2）try one’s best to do sth. 意为“尽某人最大努力做某事”。例如：
We should try our best to finish the work on time. 我们应该尽最大努力准时完成这项工作。
4. pay
pay 作不及物动词，意为“付费；付酬”。pay for 意为“支付……的费用；为……付款”。
pay 也可用作及物动词，后接某人或金钱。例如：
I have paid for the air tickets. 我已经付过机票钱了。
My parents never pay me for doing housework. 我父母从不因为我做家务而付给我钱。
She paid 40 dollars for the sweater. 她花 40 美元买了这件毛衣。
【拓展】
表示“花费”的 spend、take、cost 和 pay 的辨析：
词语 主语 结构
spend 人(sb.) sb. spends + 时间或金钱+ (in) doing sth. /on sth.
take it 作形式主语 It takes sb. some time to do sth. (真正主语)
pay 人(sb.) sb. pays + 金钱+ for sth.
cost sth.(物) sth. costs sb. + 金钱
例如：
I spent 3 hours (in) doing /on my homework yesterday.昨天我花了三个小时做作业。
It took me four hours to go to Wuhan by bus. 乘公共汽车去武汉花了我四个小时。
I paid six yuan for the pen. 我花了六元钱买这支笔。
My English book cost me fiveyuan. 我的英语书花了我五元钱。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
5. be used to
be used to 意为“习惯于……”，to 是介词，其后可接名词、代词或动词-ing 形式作宾语。
be used to doing something意思是“习惯于做某事”。例如：
He is a movie star. He is used to a lot of attention from his fans.
他是一个电影明星，他习惯了受到粉丝们的众多关注。
My father is used to living in the village.
我爸爸习惯于住在小山村。
【拓展】
（1）be used to do something 意思是“被用来做某事”，是动词短语 use…to do 的被动语
态结构。例如：
Knives are used to cut things. 小刀是用来切东西的。
（2）used to do sth 是一个固定结构，意思是“过去经常做某事”，后面用动词原形，表示
过去的某种经常性、习惯性的行为或者动作，并意味着这种动作目前已经不存在。例如：
肯定句：I used to play with my friends after school. 过去放学后我常常和朋友们一起玩。
否定句：You didn’t use to like pop songs. = You usedn’t to like pop songs.
你过去常常不喜欢流行歌曲。
一般疑问句：Did your sister use to be quiet? = Used your sister to be quiet?
你的妹妹过去常常是很安静吗？
there be 句式：There used to be a lot of fishes in this river. 过去这条小河常常有许多鱼。
6. prefer
（1）prefer是及物动词，意思是“更喜欢、比较喜欢”，相当于 like better。例如：
Which do you prefer (=like better), rice or bread?
你比较喜欢哪一样，米饭还是面包？
（2）由 prefer构成的短语：
1）prefer A to B意为“喜欢 A 胜过 B、比起 B 来更喜欢 A”，此短语中 A 和 B 的形式一样，
可以是名词、代词或者动名词，但必须两个词形式统一。例如：
We prefer apples to oranges. 比起桔子来我们更喜欢苹果。
My grandma prefers taking a walk to sitting in front of the TV.
我奶奶宁愿去散步而不愿看电视。
2）prefer to do something rather than do something 意为“宁愿做某事，而不愿意做某事”。
此短语中 prefer 的后面用动词不定式，than 的后面用省略 to 的动词不定式。例如：
They prefer to stay at home and watch TV, rather than go out for a walk.
他们宁愿呆在家里看电视，也不愿意出去散步。
7. mean
(1) mean 可以意为“意思是……；有……意思；意味着”，一般后跟名词或动词-ing 形式。
例如：
What do you mean? 你是什么意思？
Missing the train means waiting for another hour.
没赶上这趟火车就意味着再等一个小时。
(2) mean 后跟名词、代词或 to do 时，意为“打算，意欲”。例如：
I don’t mean to hurt you. 我并非有意伤害你。
(3) means 是名词，意为“方法，手段”，单复数同形，均为 means，by means of 表示“通过……
手段”。例如：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
I got there by means of taking a boat. 我是坐船到那里的。
(4) meaning 是可数名词，意为“意思，意义”。例如：
I don’t understand the meaning of that paragraph. 我不懂那段话的意思。
8. hundred
hundred 是数词，意为“百”，当表示具体的“几百”时，用“基数词+ hundred”，注意不
加-s。例如：
There are nine hundred students in our school. 我们学校有 900 名学生。
【拓展】
（1）hundreds of 表示“数百，成百上千的”这时 hundred 后要加-s，且后面有介词 of，
但是不能与数词连用。例如：
There are hundreds of people in the restaurant.
在餐馆里有成百上千的人。
（2）表示数词的还有 thousand“千”，million“百万”，billion“十亿”。它们的用法和 hundred
一样，可以用来表示约数和确数。例如：
The Great Wall was built thousands of years ago.
长城是数千年前建成的。
9. because
because 意为“因为”，表示直接原因。它所指的原因通常是听话人所不知道的，其语气
最强。常用来回答 why 的提问，
I stayed at home because it rained. 因为下雨我待在家里。
Because Lingling was ill, she didn’t come to school. 玲玲因病没有上学。
— Why is she absent? 她为什么缺席?
— Because she is sick. 因为她病了。
【拓展】because 和 because of 的辨析：
because 是连词，其后接句子；because of 是复合介词，其后接名词、代词、动名词、what
从句等。例如：
I didn’t buy it because it was too expensive. 我没有买是因为它太贵了。
He lost his job because of his age. 由于年龄关系他失去了工作。
He knew she was crying because of what he had said. 他知道她哭是因为他说的话。
10. take off
（1）take off可作“脱下”讲，反义词组为put on，意为“穿上”。例如：
Take off your clothes, they are wet.
脱掉你的衣服，它们都湿了。
It’s very hot outside, you’d better take off your coat.
外面很热，你最好脱下你的外套。
（2）take off还可意为“起飞”。例如：
When will the plane take off? 飞机什么时候起飞？
【拓展】
常见的含有 take 的词组：
take turns轮流 take away拿走 take out拿出，取出
take over接手，接管 take notes 做笔记 take care当心，注意
take care of 照顾 take photos 照相 take it easy别紧张
11. reach
reach 是及物动词，可以直接接宾语。例如：
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
I’ll call you as soon as I reach New York. 我一到达纽约就给你打电话。
【拓展】
表示“到达”的词汇还有 arrive in(at); get to。
（1）arrive 意为“到达……”，是不及物动词。后接表示地点的副词时，只能用 arrive。而
arrive in 后接表示范围较大的地点名词（如 country, city等）；arrive at 后接小地点（如 school,
hotel, stop 等）。例如：
He arrives at school at eight every morning. 他每天早上八点到达学校。
Her father arrived in Shanghai yesterday. 她父亲昨天到达上海。
（2）get to 意为“到达……”。其后接表示地点的副词（如here; there; home等）时，介词
to 要省略。例如：
They’ll get to Beijing at six tonight. 他们将在今晚六点到达北京。
I’ll get there on time. 我会按时到达那里。
（3）get to; arrive in; reach的辨析：
get to get
arrive in + Beijing(地点名词) + home; here; there(地点副词)
reach arrive
12. wear
wear 意为“穿，戴”，其后接衣服、鞋帽、眼镜等名词。例如：
She likes wearing a skirt. 她喜欢穿裙子。
【拓展】辨析：put on，wear 与 in
put on, wear 与 in 都有“穿，戴”之意。
（1）wear 指穿的状态，意为“穿着，戴着”。例如：
He was wearing a brown uniform. 他当时穿着褐色的制服。
（2）put on 指穿的动作，意为“穿上，戴上”。例如：
He is putting on his shoes. 他在穿鞋。
（3）in 指穿的状态，意为“穿着，戴着”。但它不能作谓语，后常跟表示颜色的词。例如：
She is in red today. 她今天穿的红衣服。
词汇精练
I. 根据首字母提示及汉语意思写单词。
1. Suddenly a strange sound disturbed the s of the village.
2. She just managed to hold back her a .
3. The new m works well in practice.
4. The writer aims to tell the r interesting facts.
5. The Chinese team enjoyed the height _______ (优势).
6. I’ve begun to _______ (考虑) what to do next.
7. U_______ the European peasants, many American farmers were educated.
8. Thomas Edison was a great i_______.
9. Please tell me the reason why you were _______ (缺席的).
10. Can anybody think of a way to r_______ money?
II. 用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空（每空不限一词）。
1. Usually, my homework ______ (finish) before seven in the evening.
2. The desks ______ (made) of wood.
3. Many trees ______ (cut) down in the place last year.
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
4. —Why didn’t you go to the Alice’s birthday party?
—I (not invite).
5. Many people prefer (read) paper books instead of e-books.
6. I am really (excite) to learn that Liu Xiang will come to our school.
7. The doctors gave up my uncle ten years ago, but he’s still (live).
8. He is one of the ________ (young) astronauts in the world.
9. John has decided to give up ________ (play) tennis at the end of this year.
10. The students are looking forward to ________ (have) a relaxing holiday.
III. 从方框中选择合适的单词填空。
so, such, very, too, enough
1. This is an interesting book that all the children like reading it.
2. He ran _______ fast that we couldn’t catch up with him.
3. The sweater is __________ expensive and I don’t want to buy it.
4. The teacher speaks clearly for us to understand.
5. The boy is young to go to school.
IV. 用关系代词或关系副词填空。
1. He is a soldier is brave.
2. That is the best present _______ I have ever received.
3. I still remember the day __________ we met for the first time.
4. This is the girl eyes were hurt.
5. Please give me the reason you choose this answer.
V. 听力链接。
（2015 年南昌市中考）
请听第 5 段材料，回答第 17 至第 20 小题。
17．How old is Liz?
A．15． B．16． C．17
18．Where are they having the birthday party?
A．In the house． B．In the party． C．In the garden．
19．What is Liz ’s mum doing for the party?
A．Doing Liz ’s hair． B．Blowing up balloons． C．Marking a chocolate cake．
20．What can we learn from the monologue?
A．Rita can not go to the party．
B．Liz is wearing a white dress to the party．
C．Liz 's grandparents are away on holiday．
【参考答案】
I.根据首字母提示及汉语意思写单词。
1. silence 2. anger 3. method 4. reader(s)
5. advantage 6. consider 7. Unlike 8. inventor
9. absent 10. raise
II. 用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空（每空不限一词）。
1. is finished 2. are made 3. were cut 4. wasn’t invited 5. to read /reading
6. excited 7. alive 8. youngest 9. playing 10. having
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
III. 从方框中选择合适的单词填空。
1. such 2. so 3. very 4. enough 5. too
IV. 用关系代词或关系副词填空。
1. who/that 2. that 3. when 4.whose 5. why
V. 听力链接。
17．B 18．C 19．C 20．A
听力材料：
Hello Rita，
This is Liz．I call you but you aren’t in．So I leave a message for you．
I’m getting ready for my sweet 16th birthday party．I’m sad you are not feeling well that you
are going to miss the party．I am wearing a short red dress to the party．My sister is doing my hair
because I’m too excited to do it myself ．Mum is making a delicious chocolate cake and dad is
blowing up balloons．We are having the party in the garden because it’s a beautiful，warm，sunny
day．My grandparents，aunt，uncle and all my cousins are coming．Some of my friends aren’t
coming because they are away on holiday．We are having delicious food—I can’t wait! I hope you
feel better soon so we can meet up．See you soon!
句式精讲
1. Body language is an important…, although we don’t often think about it.
although 的意思相当于 though，意为“尽管，虽然”，用来引导让步状语从句。它所引导
的从句不能与并列连词 but；and；so 等连用，但可以和 yet；still 等词连用。例如：
Although he lives alone, he doesn’t feel lonely. = He lives alone, but he doesn’t feel lonely.
虽然他一个人住，但他并不感到孤独。
There is air all around us, although we cannot see it.
虽然我们看不见空气，但空气却存在于我们的周围。
【拓展】although 与 though 的辨析：
（1）用作连词，表示“虽然”，二者可以互换使用，但 although 比 though 更为正式。例如：
Though/Although it was raining, we still went there. 虽然下着雨，但我们还是去了那里。
（2）although 一般不用作副词，而 though 可用作副词，且一般放在句末（不放在句首），
意为“可是，不过”。例如：
It’s hard work; I enjoy it, though. 工作很辛苦，可是我很喜欢。
We all tried our best. We lost the game, though. 我们都尽力最大努力，但我们还是输了。
（3）在 as though(好像，仿佛)，even though(即使，纵然)等固定短语中不能用 although。
例如：
He talks as though he knew everything. 他夸夸其谈，好像无所不知。
2. Some messages are understood by people around the world…
这个句子用了一般现在时的被动语态。
（1）英语中有两种语态：主动语态和被动语态。主动语态表示主语是动作的执行者。被
动语态表示主语是动作的承受者，即行为动作的对象。例如：
Many people speak Chinese.（谓语 speak 的动作是由主语 many people 来执行的。）
许多人说汉语。
Chinese is spoken by many people. (主语 Chinese 是动词 speak 的承受者。)
汉语被许多人说。
（2）一般现在时被动语态的构成
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
一般现在时的被动语态由“am/is/are＋及物动词的过去分词”构成。由主语的人称和数来
确定用 am，is，还是 are。
1）肯定句：主语+ am/is/are＋及物动词的过去分词+其他。例如：
Bikes are sold in that shop. 自行车在那家商店被出售。
2）否定句：主语+ am/is/are＋not+及物动词的过去分词+其他。例如：
Bikes are not sold in that shop. 自行车不是在那家商店被出售的。
3）一般疑问句：Am/Is/Are+主语+及物动词的过去分词+其他？例如：
—Are bikes sold in that shop? 自行车在那家商店被出售吗？
—Yes, they are. 是的，它们是。/ No, they aren’t. 不，它们不是。
4）特殊疑问句：疑问词+ am/is/are+主语＋及物动词的过去分词+其他？例如：
Where are bikes sold? 自行车在哪里被出售？
（3）被动语态的用法：
1）不知道谁是动作的执行者的时候用被动语态。例如：
My bike was stolen last night. 我的自行车昨天晚上被偷了。
2）强调和突出动作的承受者的时候用被动语态。例如：
The blackboard has been cleaned. 黑板已经被擦干净了。
3）没有必要指出动作的执行者的时候用被动语态。例如：
The Great Wall was built thousands of years ago. 长城是数千年前建成的。
（4）主动语态变被动语态的方法：
1）把主动语态的宾语变成被动语态的主语。
2）把主动语态的谓语动词变成被动语态结构（be+及物动词的过去分词）。根据被动语态
句子里主语的人称和数，以及原来主动语态句子中动词的时态来决定be 的形式。
3）把主动语态的主语放在介词by 之后作宾语，若为主格应改为宾格。例如：
They make the bikes in the factory. 他们在这家工厂制造自行车。
→The bikes are made by them in the factory. 自行车在这家工厂被他们制造。
3. Ben stopped eating his apple.
stop doing sth意为“停止做某事”。例如：
He stopped watching TV and began to read English.
他不看电视了，开始读英语。
【拓展】
stop 后还可以接动词不定式，即 stop to do sth意为“停下来原来做的事，去做另一件事”。
例如：
He watched TV for an hour. At 8 he stopped to do his homework.
他看了一个小时的电视，八点钟他停下来(停止看电视)去做作业。
4. Ben watched every move and became more and more interested until he finally said…
until 意为“直到……”，有下列用法：
（1）作介词，后接时间名词，在句中作时间状语。例如：
She stayed there until 9 o’clock. 她一直等到 9 点钟。
（2）作连词，后接从句，引导时间状语从句。例如：
We waited until the rain stopped. 我们等到雨停了。
【拓展】
（1）until 用在肯定句中，多与持续性的动词连用。如 stand/wait/stay 等，表示主句动
作的终止时间。例如：
He will probably wait until the last minute. 他也许会等到最后一刻。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
（2）until 可用于否定句中，即 not…until…意为“直到……才”，常与非延续性动词连用。
如 open/start/leave/arrive等，强调主句动作开始的时间。例如：
The child didn’t go to bed until his father came back. 直到父亲回来，那个孩子才睡觉。
5. Since many of da Vinci’s inventions were far ahead of their time....
since 在本句中作连词，意为“因为，由于，既然”，引导原因状语从句。例如：
Since I understood very little Japanese, Icouldn’t follow the conversation.
我日语懂得不多，因而听不懂对话。
【拓展】because, since, as 辨析：
（1）because 作从属连词，引导原因状语从句，语气最强，表示直接原因，回答why 提问
的问句。because 引导的原因状语从句一般放在主句之后，也可单独存在。例如：
He was late because he got up late. 他迟到了，因为他起床晚了。
—Why are you late? 你为什么来晚了？
—Because I missed the bus. 因为我错过了公共汽车。
（2）since 作从属连词，引导原因状语从句，语气较 because 弱，意为“因为，既然”。
侧重主句，从句表示显然或已知的理由。since 引导的从句一般放在主句之前。例如：
Since everyone is here,let’s start.
既然大家都到齐了，我们就出发吧！
（3）as 作从属连词，意为“由于，鉴于”。语气最弱。例如：
As she is kind, we all like her. 因为她善良，我们都喜欢她。
6. These daily actions are socommon that you don’t think about them much.
so...that意思是“如此……以至于……”，中间用形容词或者副词，so修饰词形容词或副词，
形容词后一般没有名词，that的后面是表示结果的状语从句。而同义短语such...that的中间用
名词，such修饰此名词。例如：
Our teacher is so kind that all of us like him.
我们的老师是如此好心以至于我们都喜欢他。
He runs so fast that nobody in my class can catch up with him.
他跑得那么快，我们班没有人能追上他。
It is such an interesting film that all of us like it.
它是一部如此有兴趣的电影以至于我们都喜欢它。
He had such long arms that he could almost touch his knees.
他的胳膊很长，几乎就能够到他的膝盖。
注意：
如果名词前的形容词是表示数量的few、little、many、much仍要用so修饰。例如：
There are so many people in the room that we could not get in.
房间里那么多的人，我们都进不去。
【拓展】
so that意思是“以便于；为了”，引导表示目的的状语从句。从句谓语中常用情态动词
may/might, can/could, should/would 等。例如：
We got up early this morning so that we can catch the first bus.
我们今天早上起床很早是为了能赶上第一班公共汽车。
7. When they are not doing..., there is a little time for fun.
（1）little 和 a little 都意为“一点”，可以修饰不可数名词。前者表示否定，即“几乎没有”。
后者表示肯定，即“有一点”。例如：
I have only a little money. 我只有一点钱。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
There is little milk in the fridge. 冰箱里没有牛奶了。
（2）a little 还可以修饰形容词和副词，相当于a bit，意为“有点”。例如：
I’m a little tired. I want to sleep. 我有点累了，我想睡了。
The weather is a little cold. 天有点冷。
【拓展】辨析：few/a few; little/a little
（1）few/a few只能用来修饰可数名词，few 表示否定，意为“没有，几乎没有”；a few 表
示肯定，意为“有几个，有一些”。例如：
He has few friends here, he feels lonely.
他这里没朋友，他感觉寂寞。
There are a few eggs in the basket.
篮子里有几个鸡蛋。
（2）little/a little只能用来修饰不可数名词，little 表示否定，意为“没有，几乎没有”；a little
表示肯定，意为“有一点，有一些”。 例如：
There is little ink in my bottle, can you give me a little ink?
我的瓶子里没有墨水了，你能给我点儿墨水吗？
8. He was a quiet man who didn’t speak much, especially to strangers.
who didn’t speak much, especially to strangers在此作 man 的定语。定语从句就是用作定语
的句子。引导定语从句的关系词有：that; who; when; why; where等。
（1）关系代词 that，既可指人，也可指物。例如：
The man that you met is my teacher. 你遇到的那个人是我的老师。
She is the singer that I saw last week. 她就是我上周遇到的那个歌唱家。
（2）关系代词 who（指人），whom（who 的宾格形式），whose，which（指物）。例如：
The room whose window is broken is our classroom.
那个窗户坏了的房间是我们的教室。
He is the man who knows the answer. 他是那个知道答案的人。
（3）关系副词 when（指时间），why（表原因），where（表地点）。例如：
That is the place where I was born. 那就是我出生的地方。
Can you tell me the time when you were born? 你能告诉我你出生的时间吗？
句式精练
Ⅰ. 按要求改写句子，每空一词。
1. Mary draws pictures every day.（改为反义疑问句）
Mary draws pictures every day, ______ _______?
2. They have never been to Australia.（改为反义疑问句）
They have never been to Australia, ______ _______?
3. His mother told him not to waste time on fishing.（改为被动语态）
______ _______ ______ not to waste time on fishing by his mother.
4. They should do it at once.（改为被动语态）
______ _______ ______ ______ at once by them.
5. Tom was late for school. It’s raining hard.（合成为一句）
Tom was late for school ______ it’s raining hard.
6. We will stay at home. There will be a traffic jam tomorrow（. 合成为一句）
We will stay at home ______there ______a traffic jam tomorrow.
7. We will be invited to visit the university.（改为一般疑问句）
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
you ______ ______ to visit the university?
8. I have already returned these books. I borrowed them last week.（改为定语从句）
I have already returned these books______ ______ ______ last week.
9. The apple on the tree is so tall that I can’t reach it.（改为同义句）
The apple on the tree is ______ tall ______me______ reach it.
10. The professor has arrived. He will give us a talk.（改为定语从句）
The professor ______ ______ give us a talk has arrived.
II. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1．全世界许多人都说英语。
English ________ ________ by many people around the world.
2．去年，这个城市建造了两家新的电影院。
Two new cinemas in this city last year.
3．她在北京已经两年了，她习惯了这里的生活。
She has been in Beijing for two years. She ________ ________ ________ ________ the life
here.
4．你觉得这部电影怎么样?
________ ________ ________ _________ _______ the film?
5. 当妈妈进来的时候，这个孩子停止了哭泣。
The baby when the mother came in.
6. 依我看来，健康是我们生命中最重要的。
________ ________ ________, health is ________ ________ ________ in our lives.
7. 我和他都将参加这次英语演讲比赛。
will take part in the English speech contest.
8. 他们用了一个晚上的时间完成了这个工作。
It the whole night the work.
9. 他的父母为他提供了上大学的衣食。
His parents food and clothes in the university.
10. 他们太累了，我们不能使他们再继续工作下去了。
They are we can’t make them go on working any longer.
III. 补全对话。
（2016 年贵阳市中考）
根据对话内容，从方框中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项（有两个选项为多余选项）。
A. I believe in you.
B. We’ll miss you.
C. We’re having a party.
D. Good morning, everyone.
E. I remember you won a prize.
F. But the future will be exciting, too.
A：Good morning，Mr. Li．
B： 1 Well，today is our last class together．
A：That makes me sad，Mr. Li．Your classes have been great．
B：I’m very glad to hear that． 2 What do you hope to do in the future，Zhu Hui?
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
A：I want to be an English teacher，but I hope to get into a good senior high school first．
B：I am sure you can． 3
A：Yes，last year．I want to do much better this vacation．So I’m going to improve my English in
order to teach kids in the future．
B：That’s an excellent plan，you should go for it． 4
A：Thanks a lot．Oh，this weekend we’re celebrating the end of junior high school．
5 And we’d like you to come．
B：I’d love to! I’ll bring a big graduation cake．
【参考答案】
I. 按要求完成句子，每空一词。
1. doesn’t she 2. have they 3. He was told 4. It should be done
5. because 6. if, is 7. Will, be invited
8. which / that I borrowed 9. too, for, to 10. that /who will
II. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。
1. is spoken
2. were built
3. has been used to
4. What do you think of
5. stopped crying
6. In my opinion; the most important
7. Both he and I
8. took them; to finish
9. provided him with
10. so tired that
III. 补全对话。
1．D 2．F 3．E 4．A 5．C
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
Review of Units 1-5
综合能力演练
【巩固练习】
Ⅰ. 单项选择。（15 分，每题 1 分）
1．Both of _______ are asked to enter the photo competition．
A．our B．us C．we D．ours
2．Tom was born _______ the morning of May 5th，2000．
A．in B．on C．at D．for
3．He worked too hard，_______ he fell ill again．
A．so B．and C．or D．but
4．—_______ was Mr. Smith sent to hospital?
—Because of a bus accident．
A．How B．When C．Why D．Who
5．—He can swim，can’t he?
—_______．In fact，he is afraid of swimming．
A．Yes，he may B．Yes，he can
C．No，he needn’t D．No，he can’t
6．At hearing the good news，Bob was so happy that he ______ up and down．
A．jumps B．will jump C．is jumping D．jumped
7．The workers were made _______ for ten hours a day at that time．
A．to work B．work C．worked D．working
8．The children in the poor area _______ a new schoolbag each at the beginning of the school
year．
A．was given B．were given C．gave D．give
9．I prefer the books from _______ we can learn a lesson．
A．which B．that C．who D．whose
10．—Excuse me．Could you tell me _______ to the post office?
—Go along the street and turn left．
A．how do I go B．how did I go
C．how I go D．how I went
11. The teacher asked us _______ something for our mothers on Mother’s Day．
A．do B．to do C．doing D．did
12. There will be a football match onSunday, and we’re looking forward to ____ it.
A. watches B. watching C. watch D. to watch
13. —Will you come to my birthday party after the high school entrance exam? (2015 湖北荆门
中考)
—I won’t come unless Jenny _______．
A．invites B．is invited C．was invited D．will invite
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
14. I don’t think the newly directed film by Zhao Wei is as interesting as people say，
______?(2015 广东汕尾中考)
A．do I B．don’t I C．is it D．isn’t it
15. The 7th Women’s Football World Cup _______ soon in Canada．(2015 北京西城一模)
A．will be held B．will hold C．holds D．is held
II. 完形填空。（10 分，每题 1 分）
About one hundred years ago，which language was the most popular? At that time，when
many educated people met 1 they learned and spoke French．Today most people speak
English when they meet people from other countries．It has become the new international
language．There are 2 people who speak English as a second language than as a first
language．Why is English so 3 ?
One reason of them is that English has become the business language ．Another important
reason is that popular American 4 (like movies，music，and McDonald’s) has quickly spread
throughout the world．It has 5 its language with it．
Is it good that English has spread to all parts of the world so quickly? I don ’t know whether
it’s good or not．But it’s 6 to have a language that the people of the earth have in
common．Our world has become very 7 and we need to communicate with each other．On
the other hand，English brings its culture with it．Do we really need that?
Scientists have 8 tried to create an artificial(人造的) language．It doesn’t include any
group’s culture and isn’t too 9 ．It is called Esperanto(世界语)．But it hasn’t become
popular．Maybe the popularity of English won ’t last that long ，either．Now，there are more
people in the world who speak Chinese than any other language． 10 someday Chinese will
be the new international language．Who knows?
1．A．Frenchmen B．Englishmen C．foreigners D．Europeans
2．A．more B．fewer C．funnier D．better
3．A．helpful B．interesting C．useful D．popular
4．A．food B．songs C．culture D．movies
5．A．controlled B．left C．stopped D．brought
6．A．useless B．wrong C．important D．impossible
7．A．global B．small C．peaceful D．terrible
8．A．always B．already C．never D．still
9．A．necessary B．boring C．difficult D．easy
10．A．Maybe B．Actually C．Certainly D．Gradually
III. 阅读理解。（30 分，每题 2 分）
A
Genre(体裁)：Historical non-fiction
Number of pages：224
What’s the book about?
In the 20 stories of 20 different U.S. presidents in this book ，we learn
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
that our country’s leaders are not so different from us．They，too，were once kids with common
problems．They did schoolwork hard，fought with brothers and sisters，and became angry with
their parents．Dwight Eisenhower dealt with bad persons．Bill Clinton tried to lose his
weight．Barack Obama moved to Indonesia with his mother when he was just a boy，and had to
get used to a new culture．
How did the author make this book interesting?
David Stabler tells interesting and strange stories of our nation’s leaders humorously，
introducing the jazz stars，lifesavers，and etc.．among our presidents to people．
Who would like this book?
You don’t have to be a fan of history to pick up this book ．Those who enjoy reading about
facing difficulties，but still enjoy a good laugh，would like this book．Of course，if you hope to
become a future leader of the world，I suggest you read this book cover to cover．
On a scale of 1 to 10(10 being best)，how would you rate(评价) this book?
I would rate this book a 10 out of 10 because it is a fantastic book ．It has everything you
could ask for：It’s educational，funny，and even a little dramatic．This book may appear to be for
young readers only，but it is a read the whole family can enjoy．
1．This book mainly tells readers _______．
A．the U.S. presidents’ history
B．the childhood stories of the U.S. presidents
C．the ways to deal with the U.S. kids’ problems
D．how to get used to a new culture in the U.S.
2．Why does the text’s writer mention what Barack Obama did when he was young?
A．To show the U.S. presidents are the same as common people．
B．To introduce the interesting stories to other U.S. presidents．
C．To encourage people to learn from the U.S. presidents．
D．To tell people the U.S. presidents like the book too．
3．Who would like to read the book most according to the text’s writer?
A．Young presidents． B．Parents with kids．
C．Humorous people． D．Young fans with history．
B
Po used to be late for work．One day the boss decided to give him a serious warning．So he
sent for the young man．
Po arrived just as the boss was going for lunch．
“Sorry，Sir，”said Po，“but I got to work very late today．You see，I found a box of gold in
our field．”
“A box of gold!”said the boss，with his eyes open．“Oh，my God，what are you going to
do with it?”
“I decided to build a wonderful house，”said the young man，“I also decided to give you
some money to thank you for offering me such a good job．”
The boss was pleased and invited Po to eat with him ．The young man ate hungrily but the
boss hardly touched his food．He was considering buying a big house with the money．
“I hope you’ve kept the gold in a safe place，”he said，suddenly coming out of his daydream．
“I never got a chance to do that．”said Po．“It no longer appeared the moment my mother
shook me awake．”
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
“What!”shouted the boss．“You mean it was all a dream?!”
“Yes，”said Po．
The boss tried to get over his anger．“I’m happy you remembered me in your dream，”he
said，finally，“Now please leave at once．”
It was only when the young man had left that the boss remembered why he had sent for
him．
4．When did the story happen?
A．In the early morning． B．At noon． C．In the evening． D．At night．
5．After Po told him the truth about the money，the boss felt very _______．
A．embarrassed B．happy C．angry D．surprised
6．Why did the boss send for Po to meet him?
A．He wanted to give Po a serious warning．
B．He wanted to invite Po to eat with him．
C．He wanted to make friends with Po．
D．Po would give some money to him．
7．Which of the following is RIGHT according to the story?
A．The boss was happy Po remembered him in his dream．
B．Po’s mother took away the box of gold．
C．Po found a box of gold in his field．
D．The boss didn’t punish Po at last．
C
I am a Kid Reporter, Linda Scott . I took part in the third yearly State of
Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (SoSTEM) event on Wednesday
January 21.
Before SoSTEM started, I interviewed Charles Bolden. He was an
astronaut(宇航员) and has been to space four times.“I enjoy watching young people take their
ideas and turn them into reality,” he said.
Next I spoke to Dr. Ellen Stofan. She spoke about her lifelong interest in science . “When I
was in the middle school, I knew I wanted to be a scientist, but I wasn’t sure what kind,” she told
me. As she grew up, she became interested in space . Her advice to young people who want to
become a scientist is to “follow your dreams”.
My third interview was with Megan Smith. She talked about encouraging more girls to step
into STEM fields. She told me that women have always been part of amazing scientific
discoveries, even though sometimes history records have left women out.
Finally, I interviewed Kathy Pham, who is working to improve health care for more
Americans through IT services. I asked her advice for young people who want a career (职业) in
computer science. She advised kids to join in groups working on science and technology and to
read more books on the subject.
After the interview, we had a free talk. When I asked which technology careers were going
to be most in need in the next 10 years, Dr . Stofan noted that careers having something to do
with energy sources(能源) are certainly going to be needed.
My biggest take-away from the event was that the future holds many wonderful chances for
people interested in STEM. Just as the computer scientist Kathy Pham said: “Whatever your love
is — whether it ’s clothing, space or cars — today you can find a STEM field where you can do
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
something you like.”
8．How many people did Linda interview before SoSTEM started?
A．There. B．Four. C．Five. D．Six.
9．When Dr. Stofan was young, she wanted to become ______.
A．a reporter B．a teacher C. a scientist D．an astronaut
10．Kathy Pham advised kids who want a career in computer science to ______.
A．talk with famous people B．write a scientific report
C．read more books on the subject D．make scientific discoveries
11．What can we learn from the passage?
A．Charles Bolden has never been to space.
B．Megan Smith encouraged boys to step into STEM fields.
C．Linda Scott attended the event on January 25.
D．There will be many chances for people interested in STEM.
D
(2016 北京海淀上学期期中)
Every minute，someone is setting up an Internet company
somewhere in the world．Each one is searching for one great idea that
could make his web company click in a big way．And they are trying all
kinds of tricks to attract people towards their websites．While some
websites offer sounds，cartoons and amazing photos on screen to make
their sites almost a movie-like experience for the viewers，others
provide free downloads and competitions．
A company in California，US，has decided to offer online smells to people who visit its
websites．That is，if a pizza image comes on screen，your nose will catch the smell of bread and
cheese! All you need to do is to connect a device(设备) called “iSmell” with your
computer．This smart little device contains(包含) some chemicals that can create different kinds
of smells．
The company has invented software that changes the chemical composition(成分) of
different smells into digital signals(数字信号)．An onscreen image，which is programmed with
the proper digital signal，will start th“e iSmell”device．The device will use the software to change
the digital signal again and let go of the correct smell．This device reads the digital smell code(代
码) from the website and creates the proper smell from its store of chemicals．This smell is then
made to blow softly in the direction of the user with the support of a small fan．
In order to let go of the correct smell，the company has created a “Scent Registry”，which
contains a digital index of thousands of smells．The company plans to allow website developers to
integrate(合成) the proper smells in digital code to their games and images．The company is also
hoping that Hollywood filmmakers will use the smell technology in their movies．Imagine
audiences getting the smell of rocket fuel as a spacecraft takes off on the cinema screen! Of
course，film makers will have to be careful not to shoot in dirty neighbor hoods，which have a lot
of rubbish lying around．
12．Internet companies try their best to search for great ideas to _______．
A．join in the Internet fever
B．offer movie-like experience
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
C．provide free downloads and contests
D．attract people to their websites
13．According to the passage，people experience smells online by _______．
A．using “iSmell” device
B．ordering food
C．buying special software
D．changing chemicals
14．What does“iSmell”do after being started by the onscreen image?
A．It reads the smell(~ode and sends it to the user．
B．It blows the smell to the user with the help of a fan．
C．It changes the signal and lets go of the correct smell．
D．It changes the chemical composition into digital signals．
15．The best title of the passage probably is “______”．
A．Some Useful Devices
B．The Internet Fever of People
C．An Unusual Company
D．A New World of Smells Online
Ⅳ. 阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题。(10 分，每题 2 分)
Our views towards life change over the time．When I was around five years old，I was in a car
accident．At that time，I did not realize the seriousness of it and how lucky I was to still be alive.
As I look back to think what happened on that night, I now realize how lucky my family members
and I were to not have gotten serious injuries.
The day of the accident started out great. My brother, Troy, and I had spent the night before
at JoAnn’s house, with Heather, and JoAnn’s husband Gary. The next day we spent playing inside
the house, because it was cold, windy and rainy outside . At night, JoAnn told us we were going
out and that where we were going was a surprise. The five of us climbed into an old car, and we
set off for our surprise. It was still cold, windy, and raining cats and dogs outside when we left .
Troy，Heather and I sat in the backseat together happily. The next thing I knew was that
everything was chaos(混乱)! The road was so slick (滑的) that the car lost control . Glass was
flying everywhere, and it sounded like there was noise all around us . Then it was totally quiet,
except for the sound of the rain and wind. Troy, Heather and I were all lying on top of one
another. The three of us were crying, not knowing what had happened . JoAnn and Gary were
trying to calm(使平静) us down and kept asking us if we were all right . Luckily, none of us was
injured, just a few cuts . After that I only remember sitting there in the cold, dark night waiting
for Gary to get back with people to help us. We never got to the surprise that night. But at least
we were able to go home in one piece.
After my brother and I got home that night, I remember my parents let us stay up as long as
we wanted to. I guess my parents were realizing just how close they came to losing us that night.
As I think of the tragedy(悲剧) that could have happened on that night, I realize how
precious(宝贵) life is . I treasure my family and friends, and hope that we will share a loving,
caring, and rewarding lifetime together . Things seldom go the way I plan them to, but I take a
deep breath, try to laugh, and make the best of it.
1．Did the accident happen at night?
________________________________________________
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
2．What was the weather like when the accident happened？
________________________________________________
3．How did the accident happen?
________________________________________________
4．What was the writer doing when Gary asked for help?
________________________________________________
5．What is the passage mainly about?
________________________________________________
V. 阅读还原。(10 分，每题 2 分)
阅读短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。每个选
项只能用一次。
The first part of a new science -fiction series(系列剧) was shown on NBC last night ．Star
Trek is about a spacecraft which travels faster than the speed of light ． 1 ．First，we’ll find
other life forms in our galaxy(星系)．Second，we won’t fight with these aliens．And third，we’ll
have great tools which will make amazing things possible．
2 ．If we find life forms on other planets ，will they be intelligent? I hope so ．But we
human beings might not be friendly—I don’t think we’ll believe in the idea of peace one hundred
years from now．But this is science fiction，so we can be optimistic(乐观的)! 3 ．For
example，we’ll be able to talk to each other with hand-held ‘communicators’．And we will be
able to have conversations with people who are on different planets，on a huge TV screen．You
won’t have to use a pen and paper to write because you’ll have an electronic notebook． 4 —
a machine will ‘read’ your body．The strangest machine includes a‘teleport’ which will take
people to a different place in a second!
The ideas are interesting，and in my opinion there’s only one problem with Star Trek：the
acting．The TV company will have to get better actors ．If they do that ．the show might be a
success．If the acting doesn’t improve，Star Trek won’t last for more than one series．Of course，
my prediction may be wrong． 5 !
A．The show is developed from three ideas about the 22nd century
B．And if you get ill，the doctor won’t have to examine you
C．And Star Trek’s idea of life in the future is a lot of fun
D．Let’s think about these predictions
E．I can’t see into the future
1．_______ 2．_______ 3．_______ 4．_______ 5．_______
VI. 补全对话。(10 分，每空 2 分)
根据对话内容，从方框中选出适当的句子补全对话。其中有两项是多余的。
A：Hello! This is Learning English program．Can I help you?
B： 1
A：What are your problems?
B：First of all，I can’t get the pronunciation right．
A：That’s easy． 2 It will improve your speaking skill．
B：OK，I’ll try it．And how can I understand the teacher in class?
A： 3 It will help a lot．
B： 4
A：First，you should try to guess the meanings of them．Then you can look them up in a dictionary
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
if necessary．
B：Thanks a lot．
A：You’re welcome． 5
A．By listening to tapes more．
B．How do I learn new words?
C．By making flashcards．
D．I hope you can improve your English soon．
E．I’m having trouble learning English．
F．Have you ever practiced conversations with your friends?
G．I’ve learned a lot that way．
1．_______ 2．_______ 3．_______ 4．_______ 5．_______
VII. 书面表达。（15 分）
假如你叫李华，你的美国笔友 Tom 想知道你有什么好的学习或生活习惯，你是如何养
成这个好习惯的，它给你带来什么益处。请你根据他的问题回复邮件。
提示词语：habit，stick to，benefit a lot，do well in
答案与解析：
Ⅰ. 单项选择。
1．B。of 为介词，介词后不能跟主格代词，排除 C；our 后一定要跟所修饰的名词，排除 A；
句意：我们俩都被要求参加这次摄影大赛。由此知选B。
2．B。表示“某年某月某日的上午、下午或晚上”用介词on。故选 B。
3．A。句意：他工作太辛苦了，因此又病倒了。故选A。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
4．C。从答语意思可知，问句问的是原因。故选C。
5．D。问句句意：他能游泳，是吗?答语后一句意思：事实上，他害怕游泳。由答语后一句
知，应答者对发话者的问题进行了否定回答。故选D。
6．D。从主句 was 知，应用一般过去时。故选D。
7．A。分析句子结构知，本句含有“make(使得) sb．do sth．”结构，排除 C、D；又 were made
为被动结构，被动结构后一般跟带to 的动词不定式。故选 A。
8．B。句意：这个贫穷地区的孩子在这一学年开始时每人被发给了一个新书包。由此知，句
子的主语 The children 是动作 give 的承受者，应用被动语态，排除 C、D；又因主语 The children
为复数，故选 B。
9．A。分析句子结构知，本句是含有定语从句的复合句，先行词the books 在逻辑上充当介
词 from 的宾语，此时只能用关系代词which 引导定语从句。故选 A。
10．C。本题考查的是宾语从句，宾语从句用陈述句语序，排除A、B；Could you tell me...
问句中 could 不是 can 的过去式，而是表示“客气、委婉”的请求，从语境可知，发话者问
的是现在的情况，因此该宾语从句应用一般现在时态。故选C。
11. B。考查非谓语动词。ask sb．to do sth．要求某人做某事。
12. B。look forward to (prep. ) + n. /pron. /v. -ing意为“期望(做)……”。故选 B。
13. B。句意：——中考结束后，你来参加我的生日聚会吗?——除非詹妮被邀请，否则我不
来。由句意知，主语Jenny 是动作 invite 的承受者，应用被动语态，排除A、D；unless 引导
的是条件状语从句，条件状语从句遵循“主将从现”的时态规则。故选B。
14. C。分析句子结构知，本题考查的是反意疑问句。“I (don’t) + think 等+宾语从句”结构的
句子改成反意疑问句时，简短问句的主语应与从句一致，排除 A、B；如果这样的复合句的
主句为否定句，简短问句用肯定形式，排除D。故选 C。
15. A。考查被动语态。句意：第七届女足世界杯不久将在加拿大举行。根据句意可知用一
般将来时的被动语态。故选 A。
II. 完形填空。
1．C。从下句中“when they meet people from other countries”可知，这里指“很多受过教
育的人遇见外国人”。故选 C。
2．A。从下文分析英语在世界上流行的原因推知本句意思是：现在把英语作为第二语言的
人比把英语作为第一语言的人还要多。故选A。
3．D。联系上句“说英语的人多”的信息推知本句意思为：英语为什么如此受欢迎?故选 D。
4．C。本空后面的括号中信息movies，music，and McDonald’s(电影、音乐和麦当劳)可以统
称为“文化(culture)”。故选 C。
5．D。上文中提到的这些美国文化的快速传播势必带来了英语这种语言的流行。故选D。
6．C。地球上的人拥有一个共同的语言进行交流是很重要的。故选C。
7．A。我们的世界已经全球化了，人们只有拥有共同的语言，才可以彼此交流。故选A。
8．B。从下文说到的世界语没有流行起来的信息看，科学家已经创造了一种人造语叫世界语。
故选 B。
9．C。句意：这种人造语不包含任何群体的文化，也不太难。故选C。
10．A。句意：或许有朝一日汉语将会成为新的国际语言。这里作者表达的是推测，故选 A。
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
III. 阅读理解。
A 篇
1．B。细节理解题。根据 What’s the book about? 部分 In the 20 stories of 20 different U.
S．presidents in this book 及下文的描述知，本书向我们讲述了20 位美国总统的童年生活。
故选 B。
2．A。推理判断题。What’s the book about? 部分提到 They，too，were once kids with common
problems．而且在下文列举了包括奥巴马在内的几位总统的例子来验证了这一观点。由此推
知作者旨在告诉读者，总统和普通人是一样的。故选A。
3．C。 推理判断题。根据 Who would like this book? 部分中的 You don’t have to be a fan of
history to pick up this book．Those who enjoy reading about facing difficulties，but still enjoy a
good laugh，would like this book．推知选 C。
B 篇
4．B。细节理解题。从“Po arrived just as the boss was going for lunch．”得到答案。
5．C。细节理解题。从“The boss tried to get over his anger．”得到答案。
6．A。细节理解题。从第一段中“One day the boss decided to give him a serious warning ．”
得知答案。
7．D。推理判断题。从最后一段“It was only when the young man had left that the boss
remembered why he had sent for him．”推断 D 项陈述正确。
C 篇
8．B。细节理解题。题目询问在 SoSTEM 开始前琳达采访的人数，根据所给提示词 before，
next，third，finally 可以归纳出答案。
9．C。细节理解题。第三段提到了Dr. Ellen Stofan 中学时的梦想是当科学家。
10．C。细节理解题。第五段提到了Kathy Pham，她对想从事计算机科学方面工作的年轻人
提出的建议是：多读相关书籍。
11．D。推理判断题。第二段提到Charles Bolden 去过太空四次，所以排除A；第四段提到了
Megan Smith，她鼓励更多的女孩儿进入该领域，所以排除B；第一段提到了Linda Scott，她
参加活动的时间是 January 21，所以排除 C。D 选项在最后一段中被提到了。
D 篇
12．D。细节理解题。由文章第一段中Each one is searching for one great idea that could make
his web company click in a big way ．And they are trying all kinds of tricks to attract people to
wards their websites．可知选 D。
13．A。细节理解题。由文章第二段中 All you need to do is to connect a device called“iSmell”
with your computer．This smart little device contains some chemicals that can create different
kinds of smells．可知，人们可以通过“iSmell”的装置闻到网络上的气味。故选A。
14．C。细节理解题。由文章第三段中 The device will use the software to change the digital signal
again and let go of the correct smell．可知选 C。
15．D。主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了美国一加利福尼亚网络公司决定开发一种软件让网民
通过网络闻到不同的气味，从而吸引人们对其网站的关注。故选D。
Ⅳ. 阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题。
1．Yes．
2．It was cold，windy and rainy．
3．The road was so slick that the car lost control．
4．He／She was sitting there．
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
5．It is mainly about a car accident and the writer’s new views towards life．
V. 阅读还原。
1．A。根据空后的 First，Second 及 third 可知选 A。
2．D。阅读第二段可知，本段主要进一步阐述第一段中的三种预言，并对其进行分析及思
考。由此可推知选 D。
3．C。空后信息是通过列举事例的方式讲述了这个节目对未来生活一些有趣的预测。故选 C。
4．B。由空后破折号后“a machine will‘read’ your body”可推知，本空信息应与检查身体
有关。故选 B。
5．E。由空前的“Of course，my prediction may be wrong．”可知选 E。
VI. 补全对话。
1. E 2. F 3. A 4. B 5. D
VII.书面表达。
参考范文：
Hi! Tom，
Nice to hear from you．I want to tell you about a good habit I have started．I enjoy reading
English novels for half an hour every day．I used to have difficulties in learning English．My
teacher suggested reading English novels．Amazingly，it worked!
To develop this habit，I often took a book with me so that I could read at any time．Also，I
often wrote down new words I saw．Little by little，reading became part of my life．I enjoyed it．
I really benefit a lot from my reading habit．Reading makes me a wise man as well as helping
me with my English studies．I am sure reading English novels will become my life long activity．
Yours，
Li Hua
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用精品文档 用心整理
资料来源于网络 仅供免费交流使用
